Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2014

Securities Act of 1933 File No. 002-80859

Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-03651

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM N-1A

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  x

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

 

Post-Effective Amendment No.  104

 

and/or

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  x

 

Amendment No.  104

 

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

 

TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) Zip Code

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (513) 878-4066

 

Jill T. McGruder, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100  Cincinnati, OH 45202

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

With Copies to:

Deborah Bielicke Eades, Esq.

Vedder Price P.C.

222 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60601

(312) 609-7661

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective
(check appropriate box)

 

x immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)

 

o 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

 

o 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

 

o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485.

 

o This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

 

 


 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 104 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) incorporates non-materials changes and responses to SEC staff comments.  The prospectus and statement of additional information for the existing series of the Trust are not changed by the filing of this Post-Effective Amendment.

 


 

April 23, 2014

 

Prospectus

 

Touchstone Strategic Trust

 

 

 

Class Y

 

Institutional Class

 

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

TSEMX

 

TSEGX

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offence.

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

TOUCHSTONE SANDS CAPITAL EMERGING MARKETS GROWTH FUND SUMMARY

 

3

 

 

 

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

7

 

 

 

THE FUND’S MANAGEMENT

 

9

 

 

 

CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES

 

10

 

 

 

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

 

10

 

 

 

INVESTING WITH TOUCHSTONE

 

11

 

 

 

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

 

17

 

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

19

 

2


 

TOUCHSTONE SANDS CAPITAL EMERGING MARKETS GROWTH FUND SUMMARY

 

The Fund’s Investment Goal

 

The Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

The Fund’s Fees and Expenses

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

Class Y

 

Institutional
Class

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

 

 

 

 

Wire Redemption Fee

 

Up to $15

 

Up to $15

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

 

Management Fees

 

1.15

%

1.15

%

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees

 

None

 

None

 

Other Expenses(1)

 

0.66

%

0.50

%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

1.81

%

1.65

%

Fee Waiver or Expense Reimbursement(2)

 

-0.32

%

-0.26

%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver or Expense Reimbursement

 

1.49

%

1.39

%

 


(1)          “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

(2)          Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and the Trust have entered into an expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses,” if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses to 1.49%, and 1.39% for Class Y shares and Institutional Class shares, respectively.  This expense limitation will remain in effect through at least April 22, 2015, but can be terminated by a vote of the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund.  The terms of Touchstone Advisors’ expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recover, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund.  No recoupment will occur unless the Fund’s operating expenses are below the expense limit in effect at the time of waiver or reimbursement.  For more information see the discussion entitled “Expense Limitation Agreement” under the section entitled “The Investment Advisor” in the Fund’s statement of addition information.

 

Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (reflecting the one year contractual expense limit).  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

 

 

Assuming Redemption at End of Period

 

 

 

Class Y

 

Institutional Class

 

1 Year

 

$

151

 

$

142

 

3 Years

 

$

537

 

$

492

 

 

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance.  The Fund is a new series and therefore it does not yet have a portfolio turnover rate.

 

The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies

 

The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity and equity-related securities issued by companies in “emerging” or “frontier” market countries.  The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of equity securities such as common stock, preferred stock, and depositary receipts; and equity-related securities such as participatory notes and low exercise price options. Emerging or frontier market companies are companies of any size that are tied economically to emerging or frontier markets.  The Fund will generally consider qualifying investments to be in companies that are  organized under the laws of, or maintain their principal place of business in, an emerging or frontier market country; have securities that are principally traded in such countries; or derive at least 50% of revenues or profits from, or have at least 50% of their assets in, such countries.  The Fund considers a country classified as an “emerging” or “frontier” market by the MSCI Emerging Markets Index

 

3


 

to be an emerging or frontier market. T he Fund generally invests in a portfolio of 30 to 50 issuers selected on the basis of bottom-up research undertaken by the sub-advisor, Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital” or the “Sub-Advisor”).

 

The Sub-Advisor uses a bottom-up approach to investment selection, as opposed to sector or regional allocations, that focuses on a company’s long-term business fundamentals. Therefore, the Fund may overweight certain geographies or sectors and may underweight other geographies or sectors.

 

The Sub-Advisor looks for companies that have: sustainable above-average earnings growth; a leadership position in a promising business space; significant competitive advantages, such as profitability, superior quality, or distribution relative to competitors, or strong brand and consumer loyalty; a clear mission in an understandable business model; financial strength; and a rational valuation in relation to competitors, the market, and business prospects.

 

Companies that the Sub-Advisor determines may meet its investment criteria are then evaluated with additional in-depth qualitative research, including proprietary financial modeling.  Importantly, this investment approach may include identifying the key metrics for a particular business or industry, and specific risks or issues relating to a company. Through this process the Sub-Advisor may vary the Fund’s sector and geographic allocations based upon relevant macroeconomic factors that matter for each business in the Fund’s portfolio; as a result, the Fund may have significant exposure to particular jurisdictions and sectors.

 

The Sub-Advisor generally intends for the Fund’s investments to be held for an average term of three to five years, although the Fund may hold any investment for any length of time. The Sub-Advisor generally considers selling a security when it no longer meets the investment criteria outlined above, for risk management purposes, or if a more attractive investment opportunity presents itself . In managing risk, the Sub-Advisor regularly assesses each investment’s relevant business risk, the market’s macroeconomic risk, and the Fund’s portfolio-level risk.

 

The Fund’s Principal Risks

 

The Fund’s share price will fluctuate.  You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments.  The Fund is subject to the principal risks summarized below.

 

Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall (or rise with respect to short positions) over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry or economic trends and developments.  The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares. Conversely, the risk of price increases with respect to securities sold short will also cause a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares.

 

·                   Large-Cap Risk:   Large-cap risk is the risk that stocks of larger companies may underperform relative to those of small- and mid-sized companies.  Large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

 

·                   Mid-Cap Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that medium capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole.  Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.  Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

 

·                   Small-Cap Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole.  Stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.  Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group.  In addition, small-cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.

 

Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers.  These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States.  In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency.  As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Fund’s investments.  These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuer’s home country.  There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist.  There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays.  Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less

 

4


 

protection to investors.  Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes.

 

·                   Emerging Markets Risk: Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries.  In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. For example, emerging markets economies may have a greater risk of unpredictable inflation or deflation. As a result, there is often an increased risk of price volatility associated with the Fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.

 

·                   Depositary Receipts Risk: Foreign receipts, which include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts, are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer.  The risks of depositary receipts include many risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities, such as individual country risk and liquidity risk.  Unsponsored ADRs, which are issued by a depositary bank without the participation or consent of the issuer, involve additional risks because U.S. reporting requirements do not apply and the issuing bank will recover shareholder distribution costs from movement of share prices and payment of dividends.

 

·                   Participatory Notes Risk: participatory notes (commonly known as P-notes) are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying Indian securities listed on the Indian bourses.  These securities are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India.  Participatory notes are similar to ADRs and the risks of investing in participatory notes are similar to depositary receipts risk and foreign securities risk in general.

 

Growth Investing Risk:  Growth-oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor. Securities of growth-oriented companies may be more volatile than other securities because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s earnings potential.

 

Management Risk: In managing the Fund’s portfolio, Touchstone Advisors, Inc., (the “Advisor”), engages one or more sub-advisors to make investment decisions on a portion of or the entire portfolio.  There is a risk that the Advisor may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisors who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisors.  The value of your investment may decrease if the sub-advisor’s incorrectly judges the attractiveness, value, or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry, or sector.

 

Non-Diversification Risk:  The Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets than diversified mutual funds in the securities of a limited number of issuers. The use of a non-diversified investment strategy may increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment performance, as the Fund may be more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political, or regulatory event than a diversified fund.

 

Options Risk:   Options trading is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the sub-advisor is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the sub-advisor to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.  When options are purchased over the counter, the Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.

 

Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock represents an equity interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.  If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline.  Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed prior to its maturity, both of which can have a negative impact on the stock’s price when interest rates decline.

 

This Fund should only be purchased by investors seeking capital appreciation who can withstand the share price volatility of emerging markets investing.  As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal.  You can find more information about the Fund’s investments and risks under the “Investment Strategies and Risks” section of the Fund’s prospectus.

 

The Fund’s Performance

 

The Fund’s performance information is only shown when it has had a full calendar year of operations.  Since the Fund is a new series, there is no performance information included in this prospectus.

 

5


 

The Fund’s Management

 

Investment Advisor

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

Sub-Advisor

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Investment Experience with the Fund

 

Primary Title with Sub-
Advisor

Sands Capital Management, LLC

 

Brian A. Christiansen, CFA

 

Managing the Fund since its inception in 2014

 

Portfolio Manager

 

 

Ashraf A. Haque

 

Managing the Fund since its inception in 2014

 

Portfolio Manager

 

 

Neil Kansari

 

Managing the Fund since its inception in 2014

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Buying and Selling Fund Shares

 

 

 

Class Y

 

Minimum Investment Requirements

 

Initial
Investment

 

Additional
Investment

 

Regular Account

 

$

2,500

 

$

50

 

Retirement Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act

 

$

1,000

 

$

50

 

Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan

 

$

100

 

$

50

 

 

 

 

Institutional Class

 

 

 

Initial
Investment

 

Additional
Investment

 

Regular Account

 

$

500,000

 

$

50

 

 

You may buy and sell shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  Class Y shares are available only through financial intermediaries who have appropriate selling agreements in place with Touchstone Securities, Inc. (“Touchstone Securities”). Institutional Class shares are available through Touchstone Securities or your financial institution.  For more information about buying and selling shares see the section “Investing with Touchstone” of the Fund’s prospectus or call 1.800.543.0407.

 

Tax Information

 

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.  Withdrawals from a tax-deferred account, however, may be taxable.

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

 

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services.  These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6


 

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

Can a Fund Depart From its Principal Investment Strategies?

 

In addition to the investments and strategies described in this prospectus, the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund (the “Fund” or “Emerging Markets Growth Fund”) may also invest in other securities, use other strategies, and engage in other investment practices. These investments and strategies are described in detail in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

The Fund’s investment goal is non-fundamental, and may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.  You would be notified at least 60 days before any change takes effect.

 

The investments and strategies described throughout this prospectus are those that the Fund uses under normal conditions. For temporary defensive purposes ( e.g. , attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions), the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements, and short-term obligations ( i.e. , fixed- and variable-rate securities and high quality debt securities of corporate and government issuers) that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Fund’s goal. This defensive investing may increase the Fund’s taxable income. The Fund will do so only if the Sub-Advisor believes that the risk of loss in using the Fund’s normal strategies and investments outweighs the opportunity for gains. Of course, there can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal.

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund: In addition to the defensive measures above, for defensive purposes in periods of high stock market volatility this Fund may invest in other transferable securities in any country, including securities in developed markets.

 

Portfolio Composition: The Fund has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Fund’s assets in certain types of investments suggested by its name (the “80% Policy”). For purposes of the 80% Policy, the term “assets” means net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. The Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time it invests its assets. Accordingly, when the Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings but would have to make any new investments in such a way as to comply with the 80% Policy. This policy may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.  Shareholders will be notified at least 60 days before any change in the Fund’s 80% Policy takes effect.

 

Other Investment Companies:   The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the rules thereunder and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff interpretations thereof, or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. The Touchstone Asset Allocation Funds (as defined below) invest primarily in other investment companies in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

 

Lending of Portfolio Securities:  The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and financial intermediaries under guidelines adopted by the Board, including a requirement that the Fund must receive collateral equal to no less than 100% of the market value of the loaned securities.  The risk in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consists of possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially.  In determining whether to lend securities, the Advisor will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower.  More information on securities lending is available in the SAI.

 

What are the Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds?

 

The following is a list of principal risks that may apply to your investment in the Fund. Further information about investment risks is available in the SAI:

 

Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall (or rise with respect to short positions) over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments.  The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares. Conversely, the risk of price increases with respect to securities sold short will also cause a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares.

 

·                   Large-Cap Risk:   Large-cap risk is the risk that stocks of larger companies may underperform relative to those of small- and mid-sized companies.  Large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

 

·                   Mid-Cap Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that medium capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole.  Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements

 

7


 

than stocks of larger, more established companies.  Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.

 

·                   Small-Cap Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole.  Stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies.  Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group.  In addition, small-cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.

 

Foreign Securities Risk:  Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers.  These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. For example, financial reporting relating to foreign securities may differ from U.S. reporting. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency.  As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Fund’s investments.  These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuer’s home country.  There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist.  There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays.  Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and they may offer less protection to investors.  Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities.  Investments in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes.

 

·                   Emerging Markets Risk: Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries.  In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. For example, emerging markets economies may have a greater risk of unpredictable inflation or deflation. As a result, there is often an increased risk of price volatility associated with the Fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.

 

·                   Depositary Receipts Risk: Foreign receipts, which include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts, are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer.  The risks of depositary receipts include many risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities, such as individual country risk and liquidity risk.  Unsponsored ADRs, which are issued by a depositary bank without the participation or consent of the issuer, involve additional risks because U.S. reporting requirements do not apply and the issuing bank will recover shareholder distribution costs from movement of share prices and payment of dividends.

 

·                   Participatory Notes Risk: participatory notes (commonly known as P-notes) are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying Indian securities listed on the Indian bourses.  These securities are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India.  Participatory notes are similar to ADRs and the risks of investing in participatory notes are similar to depositary receipts risk and foreign securities risk in general.

 

Growth Investing Risk:  Growth-oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor. Securities of growth-oriented companies may be more volatile than other securities because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s earnings potential.

 

Management Risk: The Advisor engages one or more sub-advisors to make investment decisions on its behalf for all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio.  There is a risk that the Advisor may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisors who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisors.  The value of your investment may decrease if the sub-advisor’s judgment about the attractiveness, value, or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry, or sector is incorrect.

 

Non-Diversification Risk:  The Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets than diversified mutual funds in the securities of a limited number of issuers. The use of a non-diversified investment strategy may increase the volatility of the Funds investment performance, as the Fund may be more susceptible than a diversified fund to risks associated with a single economic, political, or regulatory event.

 

Options Risk:   Options trading is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the sub-advisor is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the sub-advisor to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.  When options are purchased over the counter, the Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option  

 

8


 

will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.

 

Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock represents an equity interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.  If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline.  Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed prior to its maturity, both of which can have a negative impact on the stock’s price when interest rates decline.

 

Where Can I Find Information About the Fund’s Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies?

 

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures for disclosing portfolio securities to any person is available in the SAI and can also be found on the Fund’s website at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.

 

THE FUND’S MANAGEMENT

 

Investment Advisor

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

Touchstone Advisors has been a registered investment advisor since 1994.  As of March 31, 2014, Touchstone Advisors had approximately $21 billion in assets under management. As the Fund’s investment advisor, Touchstone Advisors reviews, supervises, and administers the Fund’s investment programs and also ensures compliance with the Fund’s investment policies and guidelines.

 

Touchstone Advisors is responsible for selecting the Fund’s sub-advisor(s), subject to approval by the Board. Touchstone Advisors selects a sub-advisor that has shown good investment performance in its areas of expertise. Touchstone Advisors considers various factors in evaluating a sub-advisor, including the following.

 

·                   Level of knowledge and skill

·                   Performance as compared to its peers or benchmark

·                   Consistency of performance over 5 years or more

·                   Level of compliance with investment rules and strategies

·                   Employees facilities and financial strength

·                   Quality of service

 

Touchstone Advisors will monitor each sub-advisor’s performance through various analyses and through in-person, telephone, and written consultations with a sub-advisor. Touchstone Advisors discusses its expectations for performance with each sub-advisor and provides evaluations and recommendations to the Board, including whether or not a sub-advisor’s contract should be renewed, modified, or terminated.

 

The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) or Touchstone Advisors, under certain conditions, to select or change unaffiliated sub-advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements, or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund must still obtain shareholder approval of any sub-advisory agreement with a sub-advisor affiliated with the Trust or Touchstone Advisors other than by reason of serving as a sub-advisor to one or more funds. Shareholders of the Fund will be notified of any changes in its sub-advisory arrangements.

 

Two or more sub-advisors may manage the Fund, with each managing a portion of the Fund’s assets. If the Fund has more than one sub-advisor, Touchstone Advisors allocates the Fund’s assets managed by each sub-advisor. Touchstone Advisors may change these allocations from time to time, often based upon the results of its evaluations of the sub-advisors.

 

Touchstone Advisors is also responsible for running all of the operations of the Fund, except those that are subcontracted to a sub-advisor, custodian, transfer agent, sub-administrative agent or other parties.  For its services, Touchstone Advisors is entitled to receive a base investment advisory fee from the Fund as listed below at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund. The Annual Fee Rate is below. Touchstone Advisors pays sub-advisory fees to each sub-advisor from the Advisor’s advisory fee.

 

Fund

 

Annual Fee Rate

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

1.15

%

 

9


 

Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreement Approval. A discussion of the basis for the Board’s approval of the Fund’s advisory and sub-advisory agreements will be included in the Trust’s Semi-Annual Report dated September 30, 2014.

 

Sub-Advisors and Portfolio Managers

 

Listed below are the Sub-Advisor and its respective portfolio managers that have joint and primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  A brief biographical description of each portfolio manager is also provided.  The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ investments in the Fund, a description of their compensation structure, and information regarding other accounts that they manage.

 

Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital” or the “Sub-Advisor”), located at 1101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 2300, Arlington, VA 22209, serves as sub-advisor to the Emerging Markets Growth Fund.  As sub-advisor, Sands Capital makes investment decisions for the Fund in compliance with the Fund’s investment policies and guidelines.  As of March 31, 2014, Sands Capital had approximately $43.6 billion in assets under management.

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

Brian A. Christiansen , CFA, Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager, joined Sands Capital in June 2006 as a Research Associate.  He has investment experience dating back to   2006.  Mr. Christiansen received his BA in Economics from Yale University (2005). He also earned his MBA from Yale School of Management (2009). Mr. Christiansen earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

 

Ashraf A. Haque , Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager, joined Sands Capital in August 2008 as a Research Analyst.  Prior to 2008, Mr. Haque worked as an Investment Analyst for Chesapeake Partners in Baltimore, Maryland from 2007 to 2008.  From 2003 to 2005, he worked as a Business Analyst for McKinsey & Company in Chicago, Illinois, and as a Director, Business Development for GH Smart & Company in Chicago, Illinois from 2001 to 2003.  Mr. Haque received his BA in Mathematical Methods in Social Sciences and Economics from Northwestern University (2001). He also earned his MBA from the Harvard Business School (2007).

 

Neil Kansari , Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager, joined Sands Capital in June 2008.  Prior to 2008, Mr. Kansari worked as an Associate, Sr. Business Analyst at PRTM in Waltham, Massachusetts, from 2002 to 2006. From 1999 to 2002, he worked as a Graduate Research Assistant for the Department of Electrical Engineering at the University of Virginia in Charlottesville, Virginia. From 1996 to 1999, he worked as an Application Analyst at Millennium Solutions, Universal Impex and as an Accounting Trainee at Mahajan & Aibara: Shah Gupta & Co. in Mumbai, India. Mr. Kansari earned his BE in Electronics Engineering from the University of Mumbai (1996), and his MS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Virginia (2002). He also earned his MBA from the Darden School of Business (2008).

 

CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES

 

Share Class Offerings.  Each class of shares has different operating expenses. The amount of sales charges and distribution fees you pay will depend on which class of shares you decide to purchase.

 

Class Y Shares

 

Class Y shares of the Fund are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Fund.  Class Y shares are not subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee or CDSC.  Class Y shares are offered through certain broker-dealers or financial institutions that have distribution agreements with Touchstone Securities.  These agreements are generally limited to discretionary managed, asset allocation, or wrap products offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions and may be subject to fees by the participating broker-dealer or financial institution.

 

Institutional Class Shares

 

Institutional Class shares are sold at NAV, without an initial sales charge and are not subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee or CDSC, but are subject to higher initial investment requirements than Class Y shares of the Fund.  Institutional Class shares are offered through certain broker-dealers or financial institutions that have distribution agreements with Touchstone Securities.

 

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

 

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans.   Class Y shares and Institutional Class shares are not subject to a fee pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 plan.

 

Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries.   Touchstone Securities, the Trust’s principal underwriter, at its expense (from a designated percentage of its income) currently provides compensation to certain dealers.  Touchstone Securities pursues a focused distribution strategy with a limited number of dealers who have sold shares of the Fund or other Touchstone Funds. Touchstone Securities reviews and makes changes to the focused distribution strategy on a regular basis.  These payments are

 

10


 

generally based on a pro rata share of a dealer’s sales or assets, as applicable.  Touchstone Securities may also provide compensation in connection with conferences; sales or training programs for employees; seminars for the public; advertising; and other dealer-sponsored programs.

 

Touchstone Advisors may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries, or service providers for distribution, administrative, sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency reallowances, distribution fees or servicing fees (including networking, administration, and sub-transfer agency fees) payable to a financial intermediary. These additional cash payments also may be made as an expense reimbursement in cases where the financial intermediary bears certain costs in connection with providing shareholder services to Fund shareholders. Touchstone Advisors may also reimburse Touchstone Securities for making these payments. A portion of the non-distribution related compensation described in this section may be reimbursed by the Fund, up to the limits established by the Board.

 

Touchstone Advisors and its affiliates may also pay cash compensation in the form of finders’ fees or referral fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of shares sold.  The amount and value of additional cash payments vary for each financial intermediary. The additional cash payment arrangement between a particular financial intermediary and Touchstone Advisors or its affiliates may provide for increased rates of compensation as the dollar value of Fund shares or particular class of shares sold or invested through such financial intermediary increases. The availability of these additional cash payments, the varying fee structure within a particular additional cash payment arrangement, and the basis for and manner in which a financial intermediary compensates its sales representatives may create a financial incentive for a particular financial intermediary and its sales representatives to recommend the Fund’s shares over the shares of other mutual funds based. You should consult with your financial advisor and carefully review any disclosure by the financial firm as to compensation received by your financial advisor.  Although the Fund may use financial firms that sell the Fund’s shares to effect portfolio transactions for the Fund, the Fund and Touchstone Advisors will not consider the sale of the Fund’s shares as a factor when choosing financial firms to effect those transactions.   For more information on payment arrangements, please see the section entitled “The Distributor” in the SAI.

 

INVESTING WITH TOUCHSTONE

 

Choosing the Appropriate Investments to Match Your Goals.  Investing well requires a plan.  We recommend that you meet with your financial advisor to plan a strategy that will best meet your financial goals.

 

Purchasing Your Shares

 

Please read this prospectus carefully and then determine how much you want to invest.

 

·                   Class Y shares are available through certain financial institutions and financial intermediaries who have appropriate selling agreements in place with Touchstone Securities.

 

·                   For Institutional Class shares, you may purchase shares of the Fund directly from Touchstone Securities or through your financial institution.

 

In order to open an account you must complete an investment application.  You can obtain an investment application from your financial advisor or your financial institution. You may purchase shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading (“Business Day”). For more information about how to purchase shares, call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407.

 

Investor Alert:  The Fund reserves the right to restrict or reject any purchase request, including exchanges from other Touchstone Funds, that it regards as disruptive to efficient portfolio management.  For example, a purchase request could be rejected because of the timing of the investment or because of a history of excessive trading by the investor.  (See “Market Timing Policy” in this prospectus.) Touchstone Securities may change applicable initial and additional investment minimums at any time.

 

Opening an Account

 

Important Information About Procedures for Opening an Account. Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.  When you open an account, we will ask for your name, residential address, date of birth, government identification number, and other information that will allow us to identify you.  We may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents.  If we do not receive these required pieces of information, there will be a delay in processing your investment request, which could subject your investment to market risk.  If we are unable to immediately verify your identity, the Fund may restrict further investment until your identity is verified.  However, if we are unable to completely verify your identity through our verification process, the Fund reserves the right to close your account without notice and return your investment to you at the price determined at the end of business (usually 4:00 p.m. eastern time (“ET”)), on the day that your account is closed.  If we close your account because we are unable to completely verify your identity, your investment will be subject to market fluctuation, which could result in a loss of a portion of your principal investment.

 

11


 

Investing in the Fund

 

By mail through your financial advisor

 

·                   Please make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds.  We do not accept third-party checks for initial investments.

·                   Send your check with the completed investment application by regular mail to Touchstone Securities, P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940, or by overnight mail to Touchstone Securities, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581.

·                   Your application will be processed subject to your check clearing.  If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.

·                   You may also open an account through your financial advisor.

 

By wire or Automated Clearing House (“ACH”)

 

·                   You may open an account by purchasing shares by wire or ACH transfer.  Call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407 for wire or ACH instructions.

·                   Touchstone Securities will not process wire or ACH purchases until it receives a completed investment application.

·                   There is no charge imposed by the Fund to make a wire or ACH purchase.  Your bank, financial institution or processing organization may charge a fee to send a wire purchase to Touchstone Securities.

 

Through your financial intermediary

 

·                   You may invest in certain share classes by establishing an account through financial intermediaries that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone Securities.

·                   Your financial intermediary will act as the shareholder of record of your shares.

·                   Financial intermediaries may set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements, may impose other restrictions, or may charge you fees for their services.

·                   Financial intermediaries may designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Fund’s behalf.

·                   Your financial intermediary may receive compensation from the Fund, Touchstone Securities, Touchstone Advisors, or their affiliates.

·                   Before investing in the Fund through your financial intermediary, you should read any materials provided by your financial intermediary together with this prospectus.

 

By exchange. Other Touchstone Funds may be exchanged pursuant to the exchange rules outlined below:

 

·                   Class Y shares and Institutional Class shares of the Fund are exchangeable for Class Y shares and Institutional Class shares any other Touchstone Fund, respectively, as long as investment minimums and proper selling agreement requirements are met.  Class Y shares may be available through financial institutions that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone Securities, or through “processing organizations” ( e.g ., mutual fund supermarkets) that purchase shares for their customers.

·                   Class Y shareholders who are eligible to invest in Institutional Class shares are eligible to exchange their Class Y shares for Institutional Class shares of the Fund, if offered in their state; such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution or financial intermediary.  Please see the Statement of Additional Information for more information on “Choosing a Class of Shares”.

·                   You do not have to pay any exchange fee for your exchange, but if you exchange from a fund with a lower load schedule to a fund with a higher load schedule you may be charged the load differential.

·                   You should carefully review the disclosure provided in the prospectus relating to the exchanged-for shares before making an exchange of your Fund shares.

·                   You may realize taxable gain if you exchange shares of the Fund for shares of another Touchstone Fund.  See “Distributions and Taxes — Federal Income Tax Information” for more information and the federal income tax consequences of such an exchange.

·                   Shares of the Touchstone Ultra Short Duration Fixed Income Fund, which are offered in a separate prospectus, are prohibited from exchanging into any other Touchstone Fund.

 

Through retirement plans. You may invest in the Fund through various retirement plans. These include individual retirement plans and employer sponsored retirement plans.

 

12


 

Individual Retirement Plans

 

·                   Traditional Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)

·                   Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (“SIMPLE IRAs”)

·                   Spousal IRAs

·                   Roth Individual Retirement Accounts (“Roth IRAs”)

·                   Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (“Education IRAs”)

·                   Simplified Employee Pension Plans (“SEP IRAs”)

 

Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans

 

·                   Defined benefit plans

·                   Defined contribution plans (including 401(k) plans, profit sharing plans and money purchase plans)

·                   457 plans

 

To determine which type of retirement plan is appropriate for you, please contact your tax advisor.

 

For further information about any of the plans, agreements, applications, and annual fees contact Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407 or contact your financial advisor.

 

Through A Processing Organization. You may also purchase shares of the Fund through a “processing organization,” ( e.g ., a mutual fund supermarket) which is a broker-dealer, bank, or other financial institution that purchases shares for its customers.  Some of the Touchstone Funds have authorized certain processing organizations (“Authorized Processing Organizations”) to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf.  Before investing in the Fund through a processing organization, you should read any materials provided by the processing organization together with this prospectus.  You should also ask the processing organization if they are authorized by Touchstone Securities to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf.  If the processing organization is not authorized, then your purchase order could be rejected which could subject your investment to market risk.  When shares are purchased with an Authorized Processing Organization, there may be various differences compared to investing directly with Touchstone Securities.  The Authorized Processing Organization may:

 

·                   Charge a fee for its services

·                   Act as the shareholder of record of the shares

·                   Set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements

·                   Impose other charges and restrictions

·                   Designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds’ behalf

 

Touchstone Securities considers a purchase or sales order as received when an Authorized Processing Organization, or its authorized designee, receives the order in proper form.  These orders will be priced based on the Fund’s NAV or offering price (which is NAV plus any applicable sales charge), if applicable, next computed after such order is received in proper form by an Authorized Processing Organization, or its authorized designee.

 

Shares held through an Authorized Processing Organization may be transferred into your name following procedures established by your Authorized Processing Organization and Touchstone Securities.  Certain Authorized Processing Organizations may receive compensation from the Fund, Touchstone Securities, Touchstone Advisors, or their affiliates.

 

It is the responsibility of an Authorized Processing Organization to transmit properly completed orders so that they will be received by Touchstone Securities in a timely manner.

 

Pricing of Purchases

 

Purchase orders received in proper form by Touchstone Securities, an Authorized Processing Organization, or a financial intermediary, by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, are processed at that day’s public offering price (NAV plus any applicable sales charge).  Purchase orders received after the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE are processed at the public offering price determined on the following business day.  It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary or Authorized Processing Organization to transmit orders that will be received by Touchstone Securities in proper form and in a timely manner.

 

Adding to Your Account

 

By check

 

·                   Complete the investment form provided with a recent account statement.

·                   Make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds.

 

13


 

·                   Write your account number on the check.

·                   Either: (1) mail the check with the investment form to Touchstone Securities; or (2) mail the check directly to your financial advisor or financial institution at the address printed on your account statement. Your financial advisor or financial institution is responsible for forwarding payment promptly to Touchstone Securities.

·                   If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.

 

By wire or ACH

 

·                   Contact Touchstone Securities, your financial advisor, or your financial institution for further instructions.

·                   Contact your bank and ask to wire or ACH funds to Touchstone Securities.  Specify your name and account number when remitting the funds.

·                   Your bank may charge a fee for handling wire or ACH transfers.  ACH transactions take 2-3 business days, but can be transferred from most banks without a fee.

·                   If you hold your shares directly with Touchstone Securities and have ACH instructions on file for your non-retirement individual or joint account you may initiate a purchase transaction through the Touchstone Funds’ website at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.

·                   Purchases in the Fund will be processed at that day’s NAV (or public offering price, if applicable) if Touchstone Securities receives a properly executed wire or ACH in good order by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading.

 

By exchange

 

·                   You may add to your account by exchanging shares from another Touchstone Fund.

·                   For information about how to exchange shares among the Touchstone Funds, see “Investing in the Funds - By exchange” in this prospectus.

·                   Exchange transactions can also be initiated for non-retirement individual or joint accounts via the Touchstone Funds’ website at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.

 

Purchases with Securities

 

Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the Fund’s investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to Touchstone Advisors. Transactions of this type are generally a taxable transaction. Shareholders should consult with their personal tax advisor regarding their particular tax situation.

 

Automatic Investment Options

 

The various ways that you can automatically invest in the Fund are outlined below.  Touchstone Securities does not charge any fees for these services.  For further details about these services, call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407.  If you hold your shares through a financial institution or Authorized Processing Organization, please contact them for further details on automatic investment options.

 

Automatic Investment Plan. You can pre-authorize monthly investments in the Fund of $50 or more to be processed electronically from a checking or savings account. You will need to complete the appropriate section in the investment application or special account options form to do this.  Amounts that are automatically invested in the Fund will not be available for redemption until three business days after the automatic reinvestment. For Institutional Class shares, this option is available only once the initial minimum investment amount of $500,000 has been met.

 

Reinvestment/Cross-Reinvestment.  Dividends and capital gains can be automatically reinvested in the Fund or in another Touchstone Fund within the same class of shares without a fee or sales charge.  Dividends and capital gains will be reinvested in the Fund, unless you indicate otherwise on your investment application.  You may also choose to have your dividends or capital gains paid to you in cash.  Dividends are taxable for federal income tax purposes whether you -reinvest such dividends in additional shares of a fund or choose to receive cash.  If you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash and the payment (1) is returned and marked as “undeliverable” or (2) is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of payment.  In addition, any undeliverable checks or checks that are not cashed for six months will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of cancellation.

 

Direct Deposit Purchase Plan. You may automatically invest Social Security checks, private payroll checks, pension pay outs, or any other pre-authorized government or private recurring payments in the Fund.

 

14


 

Dollar Cost Averaging. Our dollar cost averaging program allows you to diversify your investments by investing the same amount on a regular basis.  You can set up periodic automatic exchanges of at least $50 from one Touchstone Fund to any other. The applicable sales charge, if any, will be assessed.

 

Selling Your Shares

 

If you elect to receive your redemption proceeds in cash and the payment is not cashed for six months, your account will be coded as a lost shareholder account and correspondence will be sent to you requesting that you contact the Fund in order to remove this coding. If the Fund does not hear from you within 30 days of the mailing of this notice, the redemption check will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of cancellation.

 

Through your financial intermediary or Authorized Processing Organization

 

·                   You may also sell shares by contacting your financial intermediary or Authorized Processing Organization, which may charge you a fee for this service. Shares held in street name must be sold through your financial intermediary or, if applicable, the Authorized Processing Organization.

·                   Your financial intermediary or Authorized Processing Organization is responsible for making sure that sale requests are transmitted to Touchstone Securities in proper form and in a timely manner.

·                   Redemption proceeds will only be wired to a commercial bank or brokerage firm in the United States.

 

Investor Alert: Unless otherwise specified, proceeds will be sent to the record owner at the address shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.

 

Signature Guarantees

 

Some circumstances require that your request to sell shares be made in writing accompanied by an original Medallion Signature Guarantee.  A Medallion Signature Guarantee helps protect you against fraud.  You can obtain one from most banks or securities dealers, but not from a notary public.  The Fund reserves the right to require a signature guarantee for any request related to your account including, but not limited to the following.

 

·                   Proceeds to be paid when information on your account has been changed within the last 30 days (including a change in your name or your address, or the name or address of a payee).

·                   Proceeds are being sent to an address other than the address of record.

·                   Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred from unlike registrations such as a joint account to an individual’s account.

·                   Sending proceeds via wire or ACH when bank instructions have been added or changed within 30 days of your redemption request.

·                   Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred between accounts with different account registrations.

 

Market Timing Policy

 

Market timing or excessive trading in accounts that you own or control may disrupt portfolio investment strategies, may increase brokerage and administrative costs, and may negatively impact investment returns for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.  The Fund will take reasonable steps to discourage excessive short-term trading and will not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by shareholders.  The Board has adopted the following policies and procedures with respect to market timing of the Fund by shareholders.  The Fund will monitor selected trades on a daily basis in an effort to deter excessive short-term trading.  If the Fund has reason to believe that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, the Fund may ask the shareholder it’s a financial intermediary to stop such activities or restrict or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder’s accounts.  While the Fund cannot assure the prevention of all excessive trading and market timing, by making these judgments the Fund believes it is acting in a manner that is in the best interests of all its shareholders.  However, because the Fund cannot prevent all market timing, shareholders may be subject to the risks described above.

 

Generally, a shareholder may be considered a market timer if he or she has (i) requested an exchange or redemption out of any of the Touchstone Funds within two weeks of an earlier purchase or exchange request out of any Touchstone Fund, or (ii) made more than two “round-trip” exchanges within a rolling 90-day period.  A “round-trip” exchange occurs when a shareholder exchanges from one Touchstone Fund to another Touchstone Fund and back to the original Touchstone Fund.  If a shareholder exceeds these limits, the Fund may restrict or suspend that shareholder’s exchange privileges and subsequent exchange requests during the suspension will not be processed.  The Fund may also restrict or refuse to process purchases by the shareholder.  These exchange limits and excessive trading policies generally do not apply to purchases and redemptions of money market funds (except in situations where excessive trading may have a detrimental or disruptive effect on share prices or portfolio management of these funds), systematic purchases, and redemptions.

 

15


 

Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisors and broker-dealers) often establish omnibus accounts in the Fund for their customers through which transactions are placed.  If the Fund identifies excessive trading in such an account, the Fund may instruct the financial intermediary to restrict the investor responsible for the excessive trading from further trading in the Fund. In accordance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with certain financial intermediaries.  Under these agreements, a financial intermediary is obligated to:  (1) enforce during the term of the agreement; (2) furnish the Fund, upon their request, with information regarding customer trading activities in shares of the Fund; and (3) enforce the Fund’s market-timing policy with respect to customers identified by the Fund as having engaged in market timing.  When information regarding transactions in the Fund’s shares is requested by the Fund and such information is in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a financial intermediary (an “indirect intermediary”), any financial intermediary with whom the Fund has an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the Fund, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares of the Fund on behalf of other persons.

 

The Fund applies these policies and procedures uniformly to all shareholders believed to be engaged in market timing or excessive trading.  The Fund has no arrangements to permit any investor to trade frequently in shares of the Fund, nor will it enter into any such arrangements in the future.

 

Householding Policy (Only applicable for shares held directly through Touchstone Securities).

 

The Fund will send one copy of its prospectus and shareholder reports to households containing multiple shareholders with the same last name.  This process, known as “householding”, reduces costs and provides a convenience to shareholders.  If you share the same last name and address with another shareholder and you prefer to receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407 and we will begin separate mailings to you within 30 days of your request.  If you or others in your household invest in the Fund through a broker or other financial intermediary, you may receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports regardless of whether you have consented to householding on your investment application.

 

Receiving Sale Proceeds

 

Touchstone Securities will forward the proceeds of your sale to you (or to your financial intermediary) within seven days (normally within three business days) after receipt of a proper request.

 

Proceeds Sent to Financial Intermediaries or Authorized Processing Organizations .  Proceeds that are sent to your financial advisor, Authorized Processing Organization, or financial institution will not usually be reinvested for you unless you provide specific instructions to do so.  Therefore, the financial advisor, Authorized Processing Organization, or financial institution may benefit from the use of your money.

 

Delay of Payment.  It is possible that the payment of your sale proceeds could be postponed or your right to sell your shares could be suspended during certain circumstances.  These circumstances can occur:

 

·                   when the NYSE is closed on days other than customary weekends and holidays;

·                   when trading on the NYSE is restricted; or

·                   during any other time when the SEC, by order, permits.

 

Redemption in-Kind.  Under unusual circumstances, when the Board deems it appropriate, the Fund may make payment for shares redeemed in portfolio securities of the Fund taken at current value. Shareholders may incur transaction and brokerage costs when they sell these portfolio securities. Until such time as the shareholder sells the securities they receive in-kind, the securities are subject to market risk.  Redemptions in-kind are taxable for federal income tax purposes in the same manner as redemptions for cash.

 

Pricing of Fund Shares

 

The Fund’s share price (also called “NAV”) and offering price (NAV plus a sales charge, if applicable) is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. ET) every day the NYSE is open.  The Fund calculates its NAV per share, generally using market prices, by dividing the total value of its net assets by the number of shares outstanding.

 

The Fund’s investments are based on market value or, if no market value is available, on fair value as determined by the Board (or under their direction).  The Fund may use pricing services to determine market value for investments.  Some specific pricing strategies follow:

 

·                   All short-term dollar-denominated investments that mature in 60 days or less are valued on the basis of amortized cost which the Board has determined as fair value.

·                   Securities mainly traded on a U.S. exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange or, if no sales occurred during the day, at the current quoted bid price.

 

Any foreign securities held by the Fund will be priced as follows:

 

16


 

·                   All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currency values will be converted into U.S. dollar values.

·                   Securities mainly traded on a non-U.S. exchange are generally valued according to the preceding closing values on that exchange.  However, if an event that may change the value of a security occurs after the time that the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange was determined, but before the close of regular trading on the NYSE, the security may be priced based on fair value. This may cause the value of the security on the books of the Fund to be significantly different from the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange and may affect the calculation of the NAV.

·                   Because portfolio securities that are primarily listed on a non-U.S. exchange may trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its shares, the Fund’s NAV may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares.

 

Securities held by the Fund that do not have readily available market quotations, or securities for which the available market quotation is deemed to be unreliable, are priced at their fair value using procedures approved by the Board.  Any debt securities held by the Fund for which market quotations are not readily available are generally priced at their most recent bid prices as obtained from one or more of the major market makers for such securities.  The Fund may use fair value pricing under the following circumstances, among others:

 

·                   If the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund’s pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded.

·                   If a security, such as a small-cap or micro-cap security, is so thinly traded that reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent trading.

·                   If the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund’s NAV calculation.

 

The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price the Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price.  The Fund’s determination of a security’s fair value price often involves the consideration of a number of subjective factors, and is therefore subject to the unavoidable risk that the value that the Fund assigns to a security may be higher or lower than the security’s value would be if a reliable market quotation for the security was readily available.  With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Fund’s NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund.  The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that fund.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

 

The Fund intends to annually distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains, if any.  If you own shares on the Fund’s distribution record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.

 

You will receive income dividends and distributions of capital gains in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. Cash payments will only be made for amounts equal to or exceeding $25.00; for amounts less than $25.00 the dividends and distributions will be automatically reinvested in the paying Fund and class.  To elect cash payments, you must notify the Funds in writing or by phone prior to the date of distribution.  Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after we receive your notice.  To cancel your election, simply send written notice to Touchstone Investments, P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940, or by overnight mail to Touchstone Investments, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive Westborough, MA 01581, or call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407.  If you hold your shares through a financial institution, you must contact that institution to elect cash payment.  If you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash and the payment (1) is returned and marked as “undeliverable” or (2) is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of payment.

 

A Fund’s dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.  A dividend or distribution paid by a Fund has the effect of reducing the NAV per share on the ex-dividend date by the amount of the dividend distribution.  A dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares by an investor would, therefore, represent, in substance, a return of capital to the shareholder with respect to such shares even though it would be subject to federal income taxes.

 

For most shareholders, a statement will be sent to you within 60 days after the end of each year detailing the tax status of your distributions.

 

Federal Income Tax Information

 

The federal income tax information in this prospectus is provided only for general information purposes for U.S. taxpayers and should not be considered as tax advice or relied on by a shareholder or prospective investor.

 

17


 

General. The Fund intends to qualify annually to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As such, the Fund will not be subject to federal income taxes on the earnings it distributes to shareholders provided it satisfies certain requirements and restrictions of the Code, one of which is to distribute to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s income and gains each year. If for any taxable year the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC: (1) it will be subject to tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and thus will be subject to taxation on a graduated basis at the corporate tax rate; and (2) distributions from its earnings and profits (as determined under federal income tax principles) will be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and for “qualified dividend income” treatment for non-corporate shareholders.

 

Distributions. The Fund will make distributions to you that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains.  The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, foreign, state and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation.  Distributions are taxable whether you reinvest such distributions in additional shares of the Fund or choose to receive cash.  Fund distributions are taxable to a shareholder even if the distributions are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund prior to the shareholder’s investment and, thus, were included in the price the shareholder paid for the shares. For example, a shareholder who purchases shares on or just before the record date of the Fund distribution will pay full price for the shares and may receive a portion of the investment as a taxable distribution.

 

Ordinary Income.  Net investment income, except for qualified dividend income and income designated as tax-exempt, and short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.  Certain dividends distributed to non-corporate shareholders and designated by the Fund as “qualified dividend income” are eligible for the long-term capital gains rate, provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.

 

Net Capital Gains.   Net capital gains ( i.e ., the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) distributed to you, if any, are taxable as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.

 

Sale or Exchange of Shares. It is a taxable event for you if you sell shares of the Fund or exchange shares of the Fund for shares of another Touchstone Fund.  Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction.  Any realized gain will be taxable to you, and, generally, will be capital gain, assuming you held the shares of the Fund as a capital asset.  The capital gain will be long-term or short-term depending on how long you have held your shares in the Fund.  Sales of shares of the Fund that you have held for twelve months or less will be a short-term capital gain or loss and if held for more than twelve months will constitute a long-term capital gain or loss.  Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any net capital gain distributions received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-interest dividends, if any, received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.

 

Returns of Capital. If the Fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be re-characterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in the Fund shares on which the distribution was received and result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares are sold.

 

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and sales proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that they are subject to backup withholding.

 

Medicare Tax.   An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including dividends and distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.

 

Foreign Taxes.   Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes.  If the Fund qualifies (by having more than 50% of the value of its total assets at the close of the taxable year consist of stock or securities in foreign corporations or by being a qualified fund of funds) and elects to pass through foreign taxes paid on its investments during the year, such taxes will be reported to you as income. You may, however, be able to claim an offsetting tax credit or deduction on your federal income tax return, depending on your particular circumstances and provided you meet certain holding period and other requirements. Tax-exempt holders of Fund shares, such as qualified tax-deferred retirement plans, will not benefit from such a deduction or credit.

 

18


 

Non-U.S. Shareholders.  Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax as a result of an investment in the Fund.  This prospectus does not discuss the U.S. or foreign tax consequences of an investment by a non-U.S. shareholder in the Fund.  Accordingly, non-U.S. shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the Fund.

 

Statements and Notices. You will receive an annual statement outlining the tax status of your distributions.  You may also receive written notices of certain foreign taxes paid by the Fund during the prior taxable year.

 

Important Tax Reporting Considerations.   Tax reporting changes require the Fund to report cost basis and holding period information to both the IRS and shareholders for gross proceeds from the sales of Fund shares.  This information will be reported on Form 1099-B.  The average cost method will be used to determine the cost basis of the Fund’s shares unless the shareholder instructs the Fund in writing that the shareholder wants to use another available method for cost basis reporting (for example, First In, First Out (FIFO), Last In, First Out, Specific Lot Identification (“SLID”), or High Cost, First Out). If the shareholder designates SLID as the shareholder’s tax cost basis method, the shareholder will also need to designate a secondary cost basis method (Secondary Method). If a Secondary Method is not provided, the Fund will designate FIFO as the Secondary Method and will use the Secondary Method with respect to systematic withdrawals.  If you hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary will be responsible for this reporting and the financial intermediary’s default cost basis method may apply.  Please consult your tax adviser for additional information regarding cost basis reporting and your situation.

 

Redemptions by S corporations are required to be reported to the IRS on Form 1099-B. If a shareholder is a corporation and has not instructed the Fund that it is a C corporation in its Account Application or by written instruction, the Fund will treat the shareholder as an S corporation and file a Form 1099-B.

 

This section is only a summary of some important federal income tax considerations that may affect your investment in the Fund. More information regarding these considerations is included in the SAI. You are urged and advised to consult your own tax advisor regarding the effects of an investment in the Fund on your tax situation, including the application of foreign, state, local and other tax laws to your particular situation.

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The financial highlights for the Fund are not included because it did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

19


 

TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENTS*

 

DISTRIBUTOR

Touchstone Securities, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
1.800.638.8194
www.TouchstoneInvestments.com

 

INVESTMENT ADVISOR

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203

 

TRANSFER AGENT

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA 01581

 

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

1.800.543.0407

 


*A Member of Western & Southern Financial Group

 

The following are federal trademark registrations and applications owned by IFS Financial Services, Inc., a member of Western & Southern Financial Group: Touchstone, Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Investments, Touchstone Family of Funds and Touchstone Select.

 

20


 

 

303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203

 

Go paperless, sign up today at:
www.TouchstoneInvestments.com/home

 

For investors who want more information about the Fund, the following documents are available free upon request:

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”): The SAI provides more detailed information about the Fund and is incorporated herein by reference, which means it is legally a part of this Prospectus.

 

Annual/Semiannual Reports (“Financial Reports”): The Fund’s Financial Reports provide additional information about the Fund’s investments. In the annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

 

You can get free copies of the SAI, the Financial Reports, other information and answers to your questions about the Funds by contacting your financial advisor or by contacting Touchstone Investments at 1.800.543.0407.  The SAI and Financial Reports are also available on the Touchstone Investments website at: www.TouchstoneInvestments.com/home/formslit/

 

Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  You can receive information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.202.551.8090.

 

Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR database of the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.  For a fee, you can get text-only copies of reports and other information by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520 or by sending an e-mail request to: publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

Investment Company Act file no. 811-03651

 

TSF-54-TST-SCEMG-1404

 

21


 

TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

April 23, 2014

 

 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class C

 

Class Y

 

Institutional Class

 

Touchstone Flexible Income Fund

 

FFSAX

 

 

FRACX

 

MXIIX

 

TFSLX

 

Touchstone Focused Fund

 

TFOAX

 

 

TFFCX

 

TFFYX

 

TFFIX

 

Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund

 

TGVFX

 

 

TGVCX

 

TGVYX

 

TGVVX

 

Touchstone International Value Fund

 

FSIEX

 

 

FTECX

 

FIEIX

 

FIVIX

 

Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund

 

TEQAX

 

TEQBX

 

TEQCX

 

TIQIX

 

 

Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

TEGAX

 

TBEGX

 

TOECX

 

TEGYX

 

TEGIX

 

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

TSEMX

 

TSEGX

 

Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund

 

MXCAX

 

 

MXCSX

 

MXAIX

 

MXCIX

 

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and relates only to the above-referenced funds (the “Funds”).  It is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) and should be read together with each Fund’s prospectus dated July 30, 2013 (all Funds except Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund) or April 23, 2014 (Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund only), each as may be amended.  The Funds’ audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, including the notes thereto and the reports of Ernst & Young LLP thereon with respect to Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund, and Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP thereon with respect to Touchstone Flexible Income Fund, Touchstone Focused Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund, and Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund, included in the annual report to shareholders are hereby incorporated into this by reference SAI. The Funds’ unaudited financial statements for the fiscal period ended September 30, 2013 (all Funds except Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund), included in the semi-annual report to shareholders are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference.  No financial statements are available for the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund because that Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014. A copy of the prospectus and annual reports may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust at P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940, by calling 1-800-543-0407, or by downloading a copy at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.

 

1


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

THE TRUST

 

3

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

 

4

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

28

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

 

30

THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR

 

36

THE SUB-ADVISORS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

38

THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

45

THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

46

DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

 

48

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

 

49

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

 

51

CODE OF ETHICS

 

51

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

51

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

52

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

53

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

53

CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES

 

54

OTHER PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

56

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

58

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

58

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS

 

67

CUSTODIAN

 

77

LEGAL COUNSEL

 

77

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

77

TRANSFER AND SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

77

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

78

APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

A-1

APPENDIX B: PROXY VOTING POLICIES

 

B-1

 

2


 

THE TRUST

 

Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company that was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on November 18, 1982.  This SAI relates to the following separate series of the Trust: Touchstone Flexible Income Fund (the “Flexible Income Fund”), Touchstone Focused Fund (the “Focused Fund”), Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund (the “Growth Opportunities Fund”), Touchstone International Value Fund (the “International Value Fund”), Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund (the “Large Cap Growth Fund”), Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund (the “Mid Cap Growth Fund”), Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund (the “Emerging Markets Growth Fund”), and Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Small Cap Growth Fund”) (each, a “Fund”, and collectively, the “Funds”).  Each Fund—except the Focused Fund, Growth Opportunities Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, and Emerging Markets Growth Fund—is a diversified open-end management investment company. Each of the Focused Fund, Growth Opportunities Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, and Emerging Markets Growth Fund is a non-diversified open-end management investment company.

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Advisor”) is the investment manager and administrator for each Fund.  The Advisor has selected a sub-advisor to manage, on a daily basis, the assets of each Fund.  The Advisor has sub-contracted certain administrative and accounting services to BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY Mellon”). Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the “Distributor”) is the principal distributor of the Funds’ shares.  The Distributor is an affiliate of the Advisor.

 

The Trust offers five separate classes of shares: Class A, Class B, Class C, Class Y, and Institutional Class. The shares of a Fund represent an interest in the same assets of that Fund.

 

The shares have the same rights and are identical in all material respects except that (i) each class of shares may bear different distribution fees; (ii) each class of shares may be subject to different sales charges; (iii) certain other class specific expenses will be borne solely by the class to which such expenses are attributable, including transfer agent fees printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials to current shareholders, registration fees the expenses of administrative personnel and services required to support the shareholders, litigation or other legal expenses, Trustees’ fees or expenses and accounting fees and expenses; (iv) each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to its own distribution arrangements; and (v) certain classes offer different features and services to shareholders and may have different investment minimums.  The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) may classify and reclassify the shares of a Fund into additional classes of shares at a future date.

 

Under Massachusetts law, under certain circumstances, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could be deemed to have the same type of personal liability for the obligations of the Trust as does a partner of a partnership.  However, numerous investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) have been formed as Massachusetts business trusts and the Trust is not aware of an instance where such result has occurred.  In addition, the Trust Agreement disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and provides for the indemnification out of the Trust property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust.  Moreover, it provides that the Trust will, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon.  As a result, and particularly because the Trust assets are readily marketable and ordinarily substantially exceed liabilities, management believes that the risk of shareholder liability is slight and limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations.  Management believes that, in view of the above, the risk of personal liability is remote.

 

History of the Funds

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund.  Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated May 1, 2000, the Mid Cap Growth Fund succeeded to the assets and liabilities of another mutual fund with the same name that was a series of Touchstone Series Trust.  The investment goals, strategies, policies, and restrictions of the Fund and its predecessor fund were substantially identical.  On February 23, 2011, TCW Investment Management Company was removed as sub-advisor of the Mid Cap Growth Fund, and replaced with Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. (“Westfield”).

 

Large Cap Growth Fund .  Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated June 30, 2003, the Large Cap Growth Fund was reorganized by acquiring the Navellier Millennium Large Cap Growth Portfolio and the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio.  The investment goal and fundamental restrictions of the Large Cap Growth Fund did not change, but certain investment strategies changed as a result of the reorganization.  The financial data and performance for the Large Cap Growth Fund are carried forward from the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio.  On October 6, 2003, the Fund replaced its sub-advisor with Navellier & Associates, Inc. a sister company of Navellier Management, Inc.

 

Growth Opportunities Fund .  On July 18, 2006, the Growth Opportunities Fund replaced its previous sub-advisor, Mastrapasqua & Associates, Inc., with Westfield.  Four years later, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated July 15, 2010 between the Growth Opportunities Fund and the Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Growth Opportunities Fund acquired all of the assets and liabilities of the Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund, which was terminated as a series of the Trust on October 22, 2010.

 

3


 

Focused Fund.  Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated December 9, 2011 between Old Mutual Focused Fund (the “Old Mutual Predecessor Fund”), a series of Old Mutual Funds II, and the Focused Fund, a series of the Trust, the Focused Fund acquired all of the assets and liabilities of the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund.  As a result of the reorganization, the performance and accounting history of the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund was assumed by the Focused Fund. Shareholders of the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund who owned Class Z shares received Class Y shares of the Focused Fund in the reorganization. Financial and performance information included in the Focused Fund’s prospectus and this SAI is that of the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund. Prior to April 16, 2012, the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund was managed by an investment advisor and sub-advisor other than Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., respectively, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated February 22, 2013, between the Touchstone Focused Fund, and the Focused Equity Fund, a series of the Touchstone Funds Group Trust, the Touchstone Focused Fund acquired all of the assets and liabilities of the Touchstone Focused Equity Fund, and that fund was terminated as a series of the Touchstone Funds Group Trust on May 17, 2013.

 

Flexible Income Fund, International Value Fund, and Small Cap Growth Fund. Before each Fund identified below commenced operations, all of the assets and liabilities of the corresponding Predecessor Fund identified below were transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization as set forth in an agreement and plan of reorganization (each a “Fifth Third Reorganization”) between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and Fifth Third Funds, on behalf of the Fifth Third Predecessor Funds.  Each Fifth Third Reorganization occurred on September 10, 2012.  As a result of each Fifth Third Reorganization, the applicable Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of its corresponding Fifth Third Predecessor Fund.  Financial and performance information prior to September 10, 2012 included in each Fund’s prospectus and this SAI are that of the Predecessor Funds.

 

Before the Small Cap Growth Fund changed its name, principal investment strategy, and sub-advisor, the Fund was managed as the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund.  The change from the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund to the Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund occurred on April 26, 2013.  Financial and performance information prior to April 26, 2013 for the Small Cap Growth Fund is that of the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and its Fifth Third Predecessor Fund.

 

Fifth Third Predecessor Funds 

 

Funds

 

Fifth Third Micro Cap Value Fund

 

Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund)

 

Fifth Third International Equity Fund

 

Touchstone International Value Fund

 

Fifth Third Strategic Income Fund

 

Touchstone Flexible Income Fund

 

 

On May 31, 2013, the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund changed its name to the Touchstone Flexible Income Fund.

 

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

 

Each Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks are described in the prospectus.  The following supplements the information contained in the prospectus concerning each Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks.  In addition, although not principal strategies of the Funds, the Funds may invest in other types of securities and engage in other investment practices as described in the prospectus or in this SAI.  Unless otherwise indicated, each Fund is permitted to invest in each of the investments listed below, or engage in each of the investment techniques listed below consistent with the Fund’s investment goals, policies and strategies.  The investment limitations below are considered to be non-fundamental policies, which may be changed at any time by a vote of the Fund’s Board, unless designated as a “fundamental” policy.  In addition, any stated percentage limitations are measured at the time of the purchase of a security.

 

ADRs, ADSs, GDRs, EDRs, and CDRs. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts typically issued by domestic banks or trust companies that represent the deposit with those entities of securities of a foreign issuer.  They are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States.  European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) may also be purchased by the Funds. EDRs, CDRs and GDRs are generally issued by foreign banks and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities.  Certain institutions issuing ADRs, ADSs, GDRs or EDRs may not be sponsored by the issuer of the underlying foreign securities.  A non-sponsored depositary may not provide the same shareholder information that a sponsored depositary is required to provide under its contractual arrangements with the issuer of the underlying foreign securities.  Holders of an unsponsored depositary receipt generally bear all the costs of the unsponsored facility.  The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through to the holders of the receipts voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.

 

4


 

Bear Funds. The Funds may invest in bear funds. Bear funds are designed to allow investors to speculate on anticipated decreases in the S&P 500® Index or to hedge an existing portfolio of securities or mutual fund shares.  Due to the nature of bear funds, investors could experience substantial losses during sustained periods of rising equity prices. This is the opposite result expected of investing in a traditional equity mutual fund in a generally rising stock market. Bear funds employ certain investment techniques, including engaging in short sales and in certain transactions in stock index futures contracts, options on stock index futures contracts, and options on securities and stock indexes. Using these techniques, bear funds will generally incur a loss if the price of the underlying security or index increases between the date of the employment of the technique and the date on which the fund terminates the position. Bear funds will generally realize a gain if the underlying security or index declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain or loss on an investment technique may be affected by any premium or amounts in lieu of dividends or interest that the Funds pay or receive as a result of the transaction.

 

Borrowing. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of a Fund’s shares and in the return on the Fund’s portfolio.  Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding.  The Funds may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing.  The Funds may be required to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet their obligations in connection with such borrowings.  In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate.  These transactions involve a number of risks, including the risk that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates.  The Funds have adopted fundamental limitations and certain of the Funds have also adopted non-fundamental limitations which restrict circumstances in which and the degree to which the Funds can engage in borrowing. See the section entitled “Investment Limitations,” below.

 

Business Development Companies (“BDCs”). BDCs are a type of closed-end fund regulated under the 1940 Act. BDCs are publicly-traded mezzanine/private equity funds that typically invest in and lend to small and medium-sized private companies that may not have access to public equity markets for capital raising. BDCs are unique in that at least 70% of their investments must be made to private U.S. businesses, and BDCs are required to make available significant managerial assistance to their portfolio companies. BDCs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”). BDCs have expenses associated with their operations. Accordingly, the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses, and of any performance based fees, charged by the BDCs in which it invests.

 

Investments in BDCs are subject to various risks, including management’s ability to meet the BDC’s investment objective, and to manage the BDC’s portfolio when the underlying securities are redeemed or sold, during periods of market turmoil and as investors’ perceptions regarding a BDC or its underlying investments change. BDC shares are not redeemable at the option of the BDC shareholder and, as with shares of other closed-end funds, they may trade in the secondary market at a discount to their net asset value.

 

Canadian Income Trusts. A Canadian Income Trust is a qualified income trust as designated by the Canada Revenue Agency that operates as a profit-seeking corporation. This type of income trust, which pays out all earnings to unit holders before paying taxes, is usually traded publicly on a securities exchange. Canadian income trusts enjoy special corporate tax privileges.

 

Common Stocks. Common stocks are securities that represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks, which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the board of directors of the issuing company.

 

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are corporate securities that are exchangeable for a set number of another security at a pre-stated price. Convertible securities typically have characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. Because of the conversion feature, the market value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock. The value of a convertible security is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions.

 

A synthetic convertible security is a combination investment in which a Fund purchases both (i) high-grade cash equivalents or a high grade debt obligation of an issuer or U.S. government securities and (ii) call options or warrants on the common stock of the same or different issuer with some or all of the anticipated interest income from the associated debt obligation that is earned over the holding period of the option or warrant.

 

While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income from common stock but lower than that from a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also allows a shareholder the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.  A synthetic convertible position has similar investment characteristics, but may differ with respect to credit quality, time to maturity, trading characteristics, and other factors.  Because a Fund will create synthetic convertible positions only out of high-grade fixed-income securities, the credit rating associated with a Fund’s synthetic convertible investments is generally expected to be higher than that of the average convertible security, many of which are rated below high grade.  However, because the options used to create synthetic convertible positions will

 

5


 

generally have expirations between one month and three years of the time of purchase, the maturity of these positions will generally be shorter than average for convertible securities.  Since the option component of a convertible security or synthetic convertible position may lose value as maturity approaches, a synthetic convertible position may lose value more rapidly than a convertible security of longer maturity; however, the gain in option value due to appreciation of the underlying stock may exceed such time value loss.  The market price of the option component generally reflects these differences in maturities, and the applicable sub-advisor takes such differences into account when evaluating such positions.  When a synthetic convertible position “matures” because of the expiration of the associated option, a Fund may extend the maturity by investing in a new option with longer maturity on the common stock of the same or different issuer.  If a Fund does not extend the maturity of a position, it may continue to hold the associated fixed-income security.

 

Corporate Bonds. Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases, and expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount of the bond or note.

 

Custody Receipts. The Funds may invest in custody receipts that represent corporate debt securities. Custody receipts, such as Morgan Stanley TRACERs, are derivative products which, in the aggregate, evidence direct ownership in a pool of securities. Typically, a sponsor will deposit a pool of securities with a custodian in exchange for custody receipts evidencing those securities. Generally the sponsor will then sell those custody receipts in negotiated transactions at varying prices that are determined at the time of sale. Each custody receipt evidences the individual securities in the pool, and the holder of a custody receipt generally will have all the rights and privileges of owners of those securities. Each holder of a custody receipt will be treated as directly purchasing its pro rata share of the securities in the pool, for an amount equal to the amount that such holder paid for its custody receipt. If a custody receipt is sold, a holder will be treated as having directly disposed of its pro rata share of the securities evidenced by the custody receipt. Additionally, the holder of a custody receipt may withdraw the securities represented by a custody receipt subject to certain conditions.

 

Custody receipts are generally subject to the same risks as those securities evidenced by the receipts which, in the case of the Funds, are corporate debt securities. Additionally, custody receipts may be less liquid than the underlying securities if the sponsor fails to maintain a trading market.

 

Equity-Linked Notes (“ELNs”). A Fund may purchase ELNs.  The principal or coupon payment on an ELN is linked to the performance of an underlying security or index.  ELNs may be used, among other things, to provide a Fund with exposure to international markets while providing a mechanism to reduce foreign tax or regulatory restrictions imposed on foreign investors.  The risks associated with purchasing ELNs include the creditworthiness of the issuer and the risk of counterparty default.  Further, a Fund’s ability to dispose of an ELN will depend on the availability of liquid markets in the instruments.  The purchase and sale of an ELN is also subject to the risks regarding adverse market movements, possible intervention by governmental authorities, and the effects of other political and economic events.

 

Equity-Linked Warrants. Equity-linked warrants provide a way for investors to access markets where entry is difficult and time consuming due to regulation. Typically, a broker issues warrants to an investor and then purchases shares in the local market and issues a call warrant hedged on the underlying holding. If the investor exercises his call and closes his position, the shares are sold and the warrant is redeemed with the proceeds.

 

Each warrant represents one share of the underlying stock. Therefore, the price, performance and liquidity of the warrant are all directly linked to the underlying stock. The warrants can be redeemed for 100% of the value of the underlying stock (less transaction costs). Being American style warrants, they can be exercised at any time. The warrants are U.S. dollar denominated and priced daily on several international stock exchanges.

 

Eurobonds. A Eurobond is a bond denominated in U.S. dollars or another currency and sold to investors outside of the country whose currency is used. Eurobonds may be issued by government or corporate issuers, and are typically underwritten by banks and brokerage firms from numerous countries. While Eurobonds typically pay principal and interest in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks outside of the United States), they may pay principal and interest in other currencies.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). An ETF is a fund that holds a portfolio of common stocks designed to track the performance of a particular securities index or sector of an index, like the S&P 500 or NASDAQ, or a portfolio of bonds that may be designed to track a bond index.  Because they may be traded like stocks on a securities exchange ( e.g ., the American Stock Exchange), ETFs may be purchased and sold throughout the trading day based on their market price.  Each share of an ETF represents an undivided ownership interest in the portfolio held by an ETF.  ETFs that track indices or sectors of indices hold either:

 

·                   shares of all of the companies (or, for a fixed-income ETF, bonds) that are represented by a particular index in the same proportion that is represented in the index itself; or 

 

6


 

·                   shares of a sampling of the companies (or, for a fixed-income ETF, bonds) that are represented by a particular index in a proportion meant to track the performance of the entire index.

 

ETFs are generally registered as investment companies and issue large blocks of shares (typically 50,000) called “creation units” in exchange for a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, plus a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit.  Creation units are redeemed in kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s net asset value), together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption.  As investment companies, ETFs incur fees and expenses such as trustee fees, operating expenses, licensing fees, registration fees, and marketing expenses, each of which will be reflected in the net asset value of ETFs.  Accordingly, ETF shareholders pay their proportionate share of these expenses.

 

Foreign Securities.  The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers and in sponsored and unsponsored ADRs.  Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers.  Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates.  Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers.  In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation than are those in the United States.  Investments in securities of foreign issuers are frequently denominated in foreign currencies and the value of a Fund’s assets measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and the Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.

 

Foreign Market Risk . A Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for a Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges.  In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States.  Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of punitive taxes.  In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries.  Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer a Fund’s assets or income back into the United States or otherwise adversely affect a Fund’s operations.  Other potential foreign market risks include exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts and political and social conditions, such as diplomatic relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation, limitation on the removal of funds or assets or imposition of (or change in) exchange control regulations.  Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries.  In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities and could favorably or adversely affect a Fund’s operations.

 

Public Availability of Information .  In general, less information is publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S. companies.  Most foreign companies are also not subject to the uniform accounting and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in the United States.  While the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, it remains appreciably below that of the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, a Fund’s foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities in U.S. companies.  In addition, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

 

Settlement Risk . Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States.  Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of U.S. investments.  Communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions.  If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period.  If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, a Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes on income from sources in such countries.

 

Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards . Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than the United States does. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the U.S. securities laws.  For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading.  Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company’s securities based on nonpublic information about that company.  In addition, the U.S. Government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S.

 

7


 

investors.  Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States.  If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for a Fund to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition.  Also, brokerage commissions and other costs of buying or selling securities often are higher in foreign countries than they are in the United States.  This reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments.

 

Emerging Market Securities.   Emerging market countries are generally countries that are not included in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, or otherwise excluded from the MSCI World Index. The country composition of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index and the MSCI World Index can change over time.

 

Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit a Fund’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

 

Political and economic structures in emerging market countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries.  In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund.  Some of these countries may have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies.  There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur.  In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market.  As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened.  In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in these countries and the availability to a Fund of additional investments.  The small size and inexperience of the securities markets in certain of these countries and the limited volume of trading in securities in these countries may make investments in the countries illiquid and more volatile than investments in Japan or most Western European countries.

 

Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject.  In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely.  As a result, traditional investment measurements used in the United States, such as price/earnings ratios, may not be applicable.  Emerging market securities may be substantially less liquid and more volatile than those of mature markets, and company shares may be held by a limited number of persons. This may adversely affect the timing and pricing of a Fund’s acquisition or disposal of securities.

 

Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because a Fund will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable.  The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost.  A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

 

Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically authorized. Investments in these investment funds are subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act.  Shareholders of a Fund that invests in such investment funds will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses of a Fund (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser), but also will indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

 

Participatory notes (commonly known as P-notes) are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying Indian securities listed on the Indian bourses.  These securities are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India.  Participatory notes are similar to ADRs and the risks of investing in participatory notes are similar to those discussed above with respect to securities of foreign issuers in general.

 

8

 


 

Foreign Currency Risk .  While a Fund’s net assets are valued in U.S. dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies.  Thus, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in value of securities denominated in that currency.  Some of the factors that may impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are: (1) It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa; (2) Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values of various currencies, including U.S. dollars, and their exchange rates; (3) Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces; (4) There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis; (5) Available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable; and (6) The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market.  To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.

 

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts. The Funds may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to manage foreign currency exposure and as a hedge against possible variations in foreign exchange rates.  The Funds may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge a specific security transaction or to hedge a portfolio position.  These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Funds, to some degree, against possible losses resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar.  The Funds also may invest in foreign currency futures and in options on currencies.  A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency amount at a future date, agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  A Fund may enter into a contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or other appropriate currency, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a Fund’s securities denominated in such foreign currency.

 

By entering into forward foreign currency contracts, a Fund will seek to protect the value of its investment securities against a decline in the value of a currency.  However, these forward foreign currency contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities.  Rather, they simply establish a rate of exchange which one can obtain at some future point in time.  Although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.  At the maturity of a forward contract, a Fund may either sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an “offsetting” contract with the same currency trader, obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.  A Fund may realize a gain or loss from currency transactions.

 

When entering into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security in a foreign currency, a Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency contract for the amount of the purchase or sale price to protect against variations, between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received, in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar or other foreign currency.

 

Also, when a Fund’s sub-advisor anticipates that a particular foreign currency may decline substantially relative to the U.S. dollar or other leading currencies, in order to reduce risk, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of its securities denominated in such foreign currency.  With respect to any such forward foreign currency contract, it will not generally be possible to match precisely the amount covered by that contract and the value of the securities involved due to changes in the values of such securities resulting from market movements between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures.  In addition, while forward foreign currency contracts may offer protection from losses resulting from declines in value of a particular foreign currency, they also limit potential gains which might result from increases in the value of such currency.  A Fund will also incur costs in connection with forward foreign currency contracts and conversions of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars.  A Fund will place assets in a segregated account, otherwise earmark assets as cover or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder to assure that its obligations under forward foreign currency contracts are covered.

 

The forecasting of currency market movement is extremely difficult, and whether any hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain.  Moreover, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a forward foreign currency contract.  Accordingly, a Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if the sub-advisor’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate.  Because foreign currency forward contracts are privately negotiated transactions, there can be no assurance that a Fund will have flexibility to roll-over a forward foreign currency contract upon its expiration if it desires to do so.  Additionally, there can be no assurance that the other party to the contract will perform its services thereunder.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price.  An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option.  A Fund may use futures contracts and related options for bona fide hedging purposes, to offset

 

9


 

changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of, to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies, or to gain exposure to a particular market or instrument.  Some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its exposure.  A Fund will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts which are traded on national futures exchanges.  In addition, a Fund will only sell covered futures contracts and options on futures contracts.

 

Stock and bond index futures are futures contracts for various stock and bond indices that are traded on registered securities exchanges.  Stock and bond index futures contracts obligate the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock or bond index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.

 

Stock and bond index futures contracts are bilateral agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock or bond index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck.  No physical delivery of the stocks or bonds comprising the index is made; generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contracts.

 

No price is paid upon entering into futures contracts.  Instead, a Fund would be required to deposit an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury securities known as “initial margin.”  Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker, would be made on a daily basis as the value of the futures position varies (a process known as “marking to market”).  The margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit on a futures contract.

 

There are risks associated with these activities, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by a Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and futures options.

 

A Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and related options to manage its exposure to changing interest rates and securities prices.  Some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure.  Futures and options on futures can be volatile instruments and involve certain risks that could negatively impact a Fund’s return.  When a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, the Fund is required to “cover” its position in order to limit the risk associated with the use of leverage and other related risks.  To cover its position, the Fund may maintain with its custodian bank (and marked-to-market on a daily basis), a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities that, when added to any amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder.  If the Fund continues to engage in the described investment techniques and properly covers its investment in the manner described above, the segregated account or other form of coverage will function as a practical limit on the amount of leverage which the Fund may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of the Funds’ outstanding investments.  Additionally, such coverage will generally assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations of the Fund arising from such investment activities.

 

Guaranteed Investment Contracts. The Funds may make investments in obligations issued by highly rated U.S. insurance companies, such as guaranteed investment contracts and similar funding agreements (collectively “GICs”).  A GIC is a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account.  Under these contracts, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general account.  The insurance company then credits to the Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest that is based on an index.  The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate.  GIC investments that do not provide for payment within seven days after notice are subject to the Fund’s policy regarding investments in illiquid securities.

 

Illiquid Securities. Subject to the limitations in the 1940 Act, the Funds may invest in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven business days at approximately the price at which they are being carried on a Fund’s books.

 

Illiquid securities include demand instruments with demand notice periods exceeding seven days, securities for which there is no active secondary market, and repurchase agreements with maturities of over seven days in length. The Funds may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities.  Investing in such unlisted emerging country equity securities, including investments in new and early stage companies, may involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses.  As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities.  Because these types of securities are thinly traded, if at all, and market prices for these types of securities are generally not readily available, a Fund typically determines the price for these types of securities in good faith in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.  Although these securities may be resold in

 

10


 

privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a Fund, or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities.  Further, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, a Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.

 

In addition, the Funds believe that carefully selected investments in joint ventures, cooperatives, partnerships, private placements, unlisted securities and other similar situations (collectively, “special situations”) could enhance the Funds’ capital appreciation potential.  To the extent these investments are deemed illiquid, the Funds’ investment in them will be consistent with their applicable restriction on investment in illiquid securities.  Investments in special situations and certain other instruments may be liquid, as determined by the Funds’ Advisor and/or sub-advisors based on criteria approved by the Board of Trustees.

 

Inflation-Protected Debt Securities. A Fund may invest in inflation-protected debt securities or inflation-indexed bonds.  Inflation-protected debt securities or inflation-indexed bonds include securities of varying maturities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, such as Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), as well as securities issued by other entities such as corporations, municipalities, foreign governments and foreign issuers.  Typically, such securities are structured as fixed-income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The following two structures are common: (i) the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers issue inflation-indexed bonds that accrue inflation into the principal value of the security and (ii) other issuers may pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon.  Other types of inflation-indexed bonds exist which use an inflation index other than the CPI.

 

Inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, such as TIPS, have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Typically, TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

 

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of TIPS, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate.  A Fund may invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

 

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds.  In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

 

While inflation-indexed bonds are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

 

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.

 

Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or a foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the U.S.  If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.  Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the holder does not receive its principal until maturity.  See “Federal Income Taxes” for more information.

 

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Due to the typically small size of the IPO allocation available to the Funds and the nature and market capitalization of the companies involved in IPOs, the Advisor and/or sub-advisors will often purchase IPO shares that would

 

11


 

qualify as a permissible investment for a Fund but will, instead, decide to allocate those IPO purchases to other funds they advise.  Any such allocation will be done on a non-discriminatory basis.  Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, a Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time.  This may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to a Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs.  By selling shares of an IPO, a Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.

 

Most IPOs involve a high degree of risk not normally associated with offerings of more seasoned companies.  Companies involved in IPOs generally have limited operating histories, and their prospects for future profitability are uncertain.  These companies often are engaged in new and evolving businesses and are particularly vulnerable to competition and to changes in technology, markets and economic conditions.  They may be dependent on certain key managers and third-parties, need more personnel and other resources to manage growth and require significant additional capital.  They may also be dependent on limited product lines and uncertain property rights and need regulatory approvals.  Investors in IPOs can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.  Stock prices of IPOs can also be highly unstable, due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited investor information.

 

Interests in Publicly Traded Limited Partnerships. Interests in publicly traded limited partnerships (limited partnership interests or units) represent equity interests in the assets and earnings of the partnership’s trade or business.  Unlike common stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests have limited or no voting rights.  However, many of the risks of investing in common stocks are still applicable to investments in limited partnership interests.  In addition, limited partnership interests are subject to risks not present in common stock.  For example, income generated from limited partnerships deemed not to be “publicly traded” may not be considered “qualifying income” under the IRC and may trigger adverse tax consequences (please refer to the “Federal Income Taxes” section of this SAI for a discussion of relevant tax risks).  Also, since publicly traded limited partnerships are a less common form of organizational structure than corporations, the limited partnership units may be less liquid than publicly traded common stock.  Also, because of the difference in organizational structure, the fair value of limited partnership units in a Fund’s portfolio may be based either upon the current market price of such units, or if there is no current market price, upon the pro rata value of the underlying assets of the partnership.  Limited partnership units also have the risk that the limited partnership might, under certain circumstances, be treated as a general partnership giving rise to broader liability exposure to the limited partners for activities of the partnership.  Further, the general partners of a limited partnership may be able to significantly change the business or asset structure of a limited partnership without the limited partners having any ability to disapprove any such changes.  In certain limited partnerships, limited partners may also be required to return distributions previously made in the event that excess distributions have been made by the partnership, or in the event that the general partners, or their affiliates, are entitled to indemnification.

 

Investment Company Shares: Investments in investment company shares are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act and its rules, and applicable SEC staff interpretations or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC.  The 1940 Act currently provides, in part, that the Fund may not purchase shares of an investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause the Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company or (b) such a purchase would cause the Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company or (c) more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all investment companies.  These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund.  A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses.

 

The shares of closed-end investment companies will generally be exchange-traded and are not redeemable. Closed-end fund shares often trade at a substantial discount (or premium) from their net asset value (“NAV”). Therefore, there can be no assurance that a share of a closed-end fund, when sold, will be sold at a price that approximates its NAV.  The Funds may also invest in closed-end investment companies in transactions not involving a public offering. These shares will be “restricted securities” and a Fund may be required to hold such shares until the closed-end fund’s termination unless redeemed earlier.

 

Leverage. Leveraging a Fund through borrowing or other means creates an opportunity for increased net income, but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations.  For example, leveraging may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of a Fund’s shares and in the yield on the Fund’s portfolio.  Although the principal amount of such borrowings will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding.  Leveraging creates interest expenses for a Fund which could exceed the income from the assets retained.  To the extent the income derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest that a Fund will have to pay, the Fund’s net income will be greater than if leveraging were not used.  Conversely, if the income from the assets retained with borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leveraging, the net income of the Fund will be less than if leveraging were not used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to stockholders as dividends will be reduced.  

 

Because the SEC staff believes that, among other transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions are collateralized borrowings, the SEC staff believes that they create leverage. The requirement that such transactions be fully

 

12


 

collateralized by assets segregated by the Funds’ custodian or otherwise subject to “covering” techniques imposes a practical limit on the leverage these transactions create.

 

Loan Participation Notes. The Funds may invest in loan participation notes.  A loan participation note represents participation in a corporate loan of a commercial bank with a remaining maturity of one year or less.  Such loans must be to corporations in whose obligations the Funds may invest. Any participation purchased by a Fund must be issued by a bank in the United States with total assets exceeding $1 billion.  When purchasing such instruments, the Fund may assume the credit risks associated with the original bank lender as well as the credit risks associated with the borrower.  Investments in loan participations present the possibility that the Fund could be held liable as a co-lender under emerging legal theories of lender liability.  In addition, if the loan is foreclosed, the Fund could be part owner of any collateral, and could bear the costs and liabilities of owning and disposing of the collateral.  Loan participations are generally not rated by major rating agencies and may not be protected by securities laws.  Also, loan participations are generally considered to be illiquid and are therefore subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.

 

Lower-Rated Securities. A Fund may invest in lower-rated bonds commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or high-yield/high-risk securities. Lower-rated securities are defined as securities rated below the fourth highest rating category by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”). Such obligations are speculative and may be in default.  There may be no bottom limit on the ratings of high-yield securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. Lower-rated or unrated (i.e., high-yield) securities are more likely to react to developments affecting issuers than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates.  The market values of fixed-income securities tend to vary inversely with the level of interest rates.  Yields and market values of high-yield securities will fluctuate over time, reflecting not only changing interest rates but the market’s perception of credit quality and the outlook for economic growth.  When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium to lower-rated securities may decline in value due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates.  Investors should carefully consider the relative risks of investing in high-yield securities and understand that such securities are not generally meant for short-term investing.

 

Adverse economic developments can disrupt the market for high-yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity which may lead to a higher incidence of default on such securities.  In addition, the secondary market for high-yield securities, which is concentrated in relatively few market makers, may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities.  As a result, a Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded.  Furthermore, a Fund may experience difficulty in valuing certain securities at certain times.  Prices realized upon the sale of such lower-rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating each Fund’s net asset value.

 

Lower-rated or unrated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations.  If an issuer calls the obligations for redemption, the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors.  If the Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated securities, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the Fund’s investment portfolio and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of high-yield securities.

 

Growth of High-Yield, High-Risk Bond Market .   The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates.  Further, an economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for lower-rated bonds and adversely affect the value of outstanding bonds and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest.  The market for lower-rated securities may be less active, causing market price volatility and limited liquidity in the secondary market.  This may limit a Fund’s ability to sell such securities at their market value. In addition, the market for these securities may be adversely affected by legislative and regulatory developments. Credit quality in the junk bond market can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks imposed by a particular security.

 

Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes.   Lower-rated bonds are very sensitive to adverse economic changes and corporate developments.  During an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing.  If the issuer of a bond defaulted on its obligations to pay interest or principal or entered into bankruptcy proceedings, a Fund may incur losses or expenses in seeking recovery of amounts owed to it.  In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and change can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high-yield, high-risk bonds and a Fund’s net asset value.

 

Payment Expectations.   High-yield, high-risk bonds may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercised these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high-yield, high-risk bond’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s assets.  If a Fund experiences significant unexpected net redemptions, this may force it to sell high-yield, high-risk bonds

 

13


 

without regard to their investment merits, thereby decreasing the asset base upon which expenses can be spread and possibly reducing a Fund’s rate of return.

 

Taxes.   A Fund may purchase debt securities (such as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities) that contain original issue discount.  Original issue discount that accrues in a taxable year is treated as earned by a Fund and therefore is subject to the distribution requirements of the IRC even though the Fund has not received any interest payments on such obligations during that period.  Because the original issue discount earned by a Fund in a taxable year is not represented by cash income, the Fund may have to dispose of other securities and use the proceeds to make distributions to shareholders. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would have in the absence of such transactions.  Borrowing to fund any distribution also has tax implications.  See “Federal Income Taxes” for more information.

 

Market Disruption. During periods of extreme market volatility, prices of securities held by the Funds may be negatively impacted due to imbalances between market participants seeking to sell the same or similar securities and market participants willing or able to buy such securities.  As a result, the market prices of securities held by the Funds could go down, at times without regard to the financial condition of or specific events impacting the issuer of the security.

 

The recent instability in the financial markets has led governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Funds themselves are regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Funds’ ability to achieve their investment goals.

 

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Funds’ portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Funds. The Funds have established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available. The Advisor and sub-advisors will monitor developments and seek to manage the Funds in a manner consistent with achieving the Funds’ investment goals, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.

 

Micro-Cap Securities. The Funds may invest in companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro-cap companies.  Micro-cap companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have significant institutional ownership and may have cyclical, static or only moderate growth prospects. Micro-cap companies may have greater risk and volatility than large companies and may lack the management depth of larger, mature issuers.  Micro-cap companies may have relatively small revenues and limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.  In addition, micro-cap companies may be developing or marketing new products or services for which markets are not yet established and may never become established.  As a result, the prices of their securities may fluctuate more than those of larger issuers.

 

Money Market Instruments. Money market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term debt instruments.  They include: (i) bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposits, notes and time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks; (ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government; (iii) high-quality commercial paper issued by U.S. and foreign corporations; (iv) debt obligations with a maturity of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality commercial paper ratings; and (v) repurchase agreements involving any of the foregoing obligations entered into with highly-rated banks and broker-dealers.

 

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities.

 

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are secured by non-mortgage assets such as company receivables, truck and auto loans, leases and credit card receivables.  Such securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pools of assets.  Such securities also may be debt instruments, which are also known as collateralized obligations and are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity, such as a trust, organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt.  Covered bonds are a type of asset-backed security that is created from public sector loans or mortgage loans where the security is backed by a separate group of loans.  Covered bonds typically carry a 2 to 10 year maturity rate and enjoy relatively high credit ratings, depending on the quality of the pool of loans backing the bond.

 

The credit quality of an asset-backed security (“ABS”) transaction depends on the performance of the underlying assets. ABS can be structured with various forms of credit enhancement to address the possibility that some borrowers could miss payments or even default on their loans.  Some ABSs are subject to interest-rate risk and prepayment risk.  A change in interest rates can affect the pace of payments on the underlying loans, which in turn, affects total return on the securities.  ABS also carry credit or default risk.  If

 

14


 

many borrowers on the underlying loans default, losses could exceed the credit enhancement level and result in losses to investors in an ABS transaction.  Finally, ABSs have structure risk due to a unique characteristic known as early amortization, or early payout, risk.  Built into the structure of most ABS are triggers for early payout, designed to protect investors from losses.  These triggers are unique to each transaction and can include: a big rise in defaults on the underlying loans, a sharp drop in the credit enhancement level, or even the bankruptcy of the originator.  Once early amortization begins, all incoming loan payments (after expenses are paid) are used to pay investors as quickly as possible based upon a predetermined priority of payment.

 

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”)) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

 

The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. To the extent that unanticipated rates of pre-payment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase.  The residential mortgage market in the United States recently has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of a Fund’s mortgage-related investments.  Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses.  Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates.  Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy.  Consequently, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities.  It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

 

Government Pass-Through Securities. Government pass-through securities are securities that are issued or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans.  The primary issuers or guarantors of these mortgage-backed securities are Ginnie Mae, Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) (“Fannie Mae”), and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) (“Freddie Mac”).  Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guarantee timely distributions of interest to certificate holders.  Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae also guarantee timely distributions of scheduled principal.  Freddie Mac generally guarantees only the ultimate collection of principal of the underlying mortgage loan.  Certain federal agencies, such as Ginnie Mae, have been established as instrumentalities of the United States government to supervise and finance certain types of activities.  Issues of these agencies, while not direct obligations of the United States government, are either backed by the full faith and credit of the United States ( e.g. , Ginnie Mae securities) or supported by the issuing agencies’ right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury.  The issues of other agencies are supported by the credit of the instrumentality ( e.g. , Fannie Mae securities).  Government and private guarantees do not extend to the securities’ value, which is likely to vary inversely with fluctuations in interest rates.

 

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-backed securities and among the securities that they issue.  Mortgage-related securities issued by Ginnie Mae include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs are created by an “issuer,” which is a Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) approved mortgagee that also meets criteria imposed by Ginnie Mae. The issuer assembles a pool of FHA, Farmers’ Home Administration or Veterans’ Administration (“VA”) insured or guaranteed mortgages which are homogeneous as to interest rate, maturity and type of dwelling. Upon application by the issuer, and after approval by Ginnie Mae of the pool, Ginnie Mae provides its commitment to guarantee timely payment of principal and interest on the Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs backed by the mortgages included in the pool. The Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs, endorsed by Ginnie Mae, then are sold by the issuer through securities dealers. Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs bear a stated “coupon rate” which represents the effective FHA-VA mortgage rate at the time of issuance, less fees from Ginnie Mae and the issuer.  Ginnie Mae is authorized under the National Housing Act to guarantee timely payment of principal and interest on Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs. This guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Ginnie Mae may borrow Treasury funds to the extent needed to make payments under its guarantee. When mortgages in the pool underlying a Ginnie Mae Pass-Through are prepaid by mortgagors or by result of foreclosure, such principal payments are passed through to the certificate holders. Accordingly, the life of the Ginnie Mae Pass-Through is likely to be substantially shorter than the stated maturity of the mortgages in the underlying pool. Because of such variation in prepayment rates, it is not possible to predict the life of a particular Ginnie Mae Pass-Through. Payments

 

15


 

to holders of Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs consist of the monthly distributions of interest and principal less the fees of Ginnie Mae and the issuer. The actual yield to be earned by a holder of a Ginnie Mae Pass-Through is calculated by dividing interest payments by the purchase price paid for the Ginnie Mae Pass-Through (which may be at a premium or a discount from the face value of the certificate). Monthly distributions of interest, as contrasted to semi-annual distributions which are common for other fixed interest investments, have the effect of compounding and thereby raising the effective annual yield earned on Ginnie Mae Pass-Throughs.

 

Mortgage-related securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Mae Pass-Throughs”) that are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States.  Fannie Mae Pass-Throughs are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae.

 

Mortgage-related securities issued by Freddie Mac include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Mac PCs”). Freddie Mac PCs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Mac PCs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac.  Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans.  When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

 

REMICS. REMICs are private entities formed for the purpose of holding a fixed pool of mortgages secured by interests in real property.  For Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates, Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates. Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, Freddie Mac, or Fannie Mae, and their income streams.

 

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”). CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for CMBS developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in CMBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. CMBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

 

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. Mortgage “dollar rolls” are transactions in which mortgage-backed securities are sold for delivery in the current month and the seller simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. The difference between the sale price and the purchase price (plus any interest earned on the cash proceeds of the sale) is netted against the interest income foregone on the securities sold to arrive at an implied borrowing rate. Alternatively, the sale and purchase transactions can be executed at the same price, with a Fund being paid a fee as consideration for entering into the commitment to purchase. Mortgage dollar rolls may be renewed prior to cash settlement and initially may involve only a firm commitment agreement by a Fund to buy a security. If the broker-dealer to whom a Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to repurchase the security may be restricted. Other risks involved in entering into mortgage dollar rolls include the risk that the value of the security may change adversely over the term of the mortgage dollar roll and that the security a Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than the security that the Fund originally held.  A Fund will place U.S. government or other liquid securities in a segregated account in an amount sufficient to cover its repurchase obligation or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder.

 

16


 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”). SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities.  SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.  SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets.  A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal.

 

In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (the principal-only or “PO” class).  The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities.  If the assets underlying the interest-only securities experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities.  Conversely, principal-only securities tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated.  The secondary market for SMBS may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting a Fund’s ability to buy or sell these securities at any particular time.

 

Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”). A CLO is a type of asset-backed security that is an obligation of a trust typically collateralized by pools of loans, which may include domestic and foreign senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans. The cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, which vary in risk and yield. The riskier portion is the residual, or “equity,” tranche, which bears some or all of the risk of default by the loans in the trust, and therefore protects the other more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche of a CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection provided by the equity tranche, senior CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default, the total loss of the equity tranche due to losses in the collateral, market anticipation of defaults, fraud by the trust, and the illiquidity of CLO securities.

 

The risks of an investment in a CLO largely depend on the type of underlying collateral securities and the tranche in which a Fund invests. Typically, CLOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, a Fund may characterize its investments in CLOs as illiquid, unless an active dealer market for a particular CLO allows the CLO to be purchased and sold in Rule 144A transactions. CLOs are subject to the typical risks associated with debt instruments (i.e., interest rate risk and credit risk). Additional risks of CLOs include (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will be insufficient to make interest or other payments, (ii) a decline in the quality of the collateral, and (iii) the possibility that a Fund may invest in a subordinate tranche of a CLO. In addition, due to the complex nature of a CLO, an investment in a CLO may not perform as expected. An investment in a CLO also is subject to the risk that the issuer and the investors may interpret the terms of the instrument differently, giving rise to disputes.

 

Municipal Securities. Municipal securities consist of (i) debt obligations issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to be used for various public facilities, for refunding outstanding obligations, for general operating expenses, and for lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities; and (ii) certain private activity and industrial development bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair, or improvement of privately operated facilities.  Municipal notes include general obligation notes, tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, certificates of indebtedness, demand notes and construction loan notes and participation interests in municipal notes.  Municipal bonds include general obligation bonds, revenue or special obligation bonds, private activity and industrial development bonds, and participation interests in municipal bonds.  General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality.  Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of a project or facility.  The payment of principal and interest on private activity and industrial development bonds generally is dependent solely on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for such payment.  Yields on municipal securities are the product of a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and of the municipal bond and municipal note markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Although the interest on municipal securities may be exempt from federal income tax, dividends paid by the Fund to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt.

 

General Obligation Securities.   General Obligation Securities are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality and are considered the safest type of municipal bond.  The proceeds from general obligation securities are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, and water and sewer systems.

 

Revenue or Special Obligation Securities.   Revenue or Special Obligation Securities are backed by the revenues of a specific project or facility - tolls from a toll bridge, for example.  The proceeds from revenue or special obligation securities are used to fund a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals.  Many municipal issuers also establish a debt service reserve fund from which principal and

 

17


 

interest payments are made.  Further security may be available in the form of the state’s ability, without obligation, to make up deficits in the reserve fund.

 

Municipal Lease Obligations.   Municipal Lease Obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase or a conditional sale contract issued by state and local governments and authorities to acquire land, equipment and facilities.  Usually, a Fund will purchase a participation interest in a municipal lease obligation from a bank or other financial intermediary.  The participation interest gives the holder a pro-rata, undivided interest in the total amount of the obligation.

 

Municipal leases frequently have risks distinct from those associated with general obligation or revenue bonds.  The interest income from the lease obligation may become taxable if the lease is assigned.  Also, to free the municipal issuer from constitutional or statutory debt issuance limitations, many leases and contracts include non-appropriation clauses providing that the municipality has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for that purpose by the municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis.  Finally, the lease may be illiquid.

 

Bond Anticipation Notes.   Bond Anticipation Notes are normally issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged.  The long-term bonds then provide money for the repayment of the notes.

 

Tax Anticipation Notes .  Tax Anticipation Notes finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable for these specific future taxes.

 

Revenue Anticipation Notes .  Revenue Anticipation Notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program.

 

Industrial Development Bonds (“IDBs”) and Private Activity Bonds (“PABs”).   IDBs and PABs are specific types of revenue bonds issued on or behalf of public authorities to finance various privately operated facilities such as educational, hospital or housing facilities, local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, sewage or solid waste disposal, and industrial or commercial facilities.  PABs generally are such bonds issued after April 15, 1986.  These obligations are included within the term “municipal bonds” if the interest paid on them is exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of the bond issuer’s counsel.  IDBs and PABs are in most case revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer.  The credit quality of the IDBs and PABs is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facilities being financed, or some form of credit enhancement such as a letter of credit.

 

Resource Recovery Bonds.   Resource Recovery Bonds are affected by a number of factors, which may affect the value and credit quality of these revenue or special obligations.  These factors include the viability of the project being financed, environmental protection regulations and project operator tax incentives.

 

Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper and Short-Term Municipal Notes.   Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper and Short-Term Municipal Notes provide for short-term capital needs and usually have maturities of one year or less.  They include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes.

 

Construction Loan Notes.   Construction Loan Notes are sold to provide construction financing.  After successful completion and acceptance, many projects receive permanent financing through the Federal Housing Administration by way of Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.

 

Put Bonds.   Put Bonds are municipal bonds which give the holder the right to sell the bond back to the issuer or a third party at a specified price and exercise date, which is typically well in advance of the bond’s maturity date.

 

Build America Bonds (“BABs”).   BABs are taxable municipal bonds that carry special tax credits and federal subsidies for either the bond issuer or the bondholder. There are two types of BABs - Tax Credit BABs and Direct Payment BABs. Direct Payment BABs provide a federal subsidy of 35% of the interest paid on the bonds to the issuer. Tax Credit BABs provides a federal subsidy as a refundable tax credit directly to the bondholders. While the bondholder is the recipient of the tax credit through Tax Credit BABs, and the bond issuer is the recipient of the tax subsidy through Direct Payment BABs, both options reduce the cost of borrowing for the bond issuer in comparison to traditional taxable corporate bonds, and in many cases, it is more cost effective than issuing traditional tax-exempt bonds.

 

A Fund may invest in municipal securities that are insured by financial insurance companies.  If a Fund invests in municipal securities backed by insurance companies and other financial institutions, changes in the financial condition of these institutions could cause losses to the Fund and affect its share price.

 

A Fund may also invest in taxable municipal securities.  Taxable municipal securities are debt securities issued by or on behalf of states and their political subdivisions, the District of Columbia, and possessions of the United States, the interest on which is not

 

18


 

exempt from federal income tax.

 

The yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including general economic and monetary conditions, money market factors, conditions of the municipal securities market, size of a particular offering, and maturity and rating of the obligation. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those related to education, health care, transportation and various utilities, conditions in those sectors and the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market. The market values of the municipal securities held by a Fund will be affected by changes in the yields available on similar securities. If yields increase following the purchase of a municipal security, the market value of such municipal security will generally decrease. Conversely, if yields decrease, the market value of a municipal security will generally increase.

 

Obligations of Supranational Entities. Obligations of supranational entities are obligations of entities established through the joint participation of several governments, such as the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, International Bank of Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), African Development Bank, European Economic Community, European Investment Bank and the Nordic Investment Bank.

 

Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period.  A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period.  The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract.  The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.”  In order to close out an option position, a Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened.  If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the security upon exercise.

 

A Fund may purchase put and call options to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Fund may seek to purchase in the future.  A Fund will pay a premium when purchasing put and call options.  If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for a Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Fund.

 

A Fund may write covered call and put options.  A Fund may write covered call options as a means of increasing the yield on its portfolio and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value.  When a Fund sells an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option.  When a call option written by a Fund is exercised, the Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price.  When a put option written by a Fund is exercised, the Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at the strike price, which may be in excess of the market value of such securities.

 

A Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter.  Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects.  They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer.  OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options.  Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker.  It is the position of the SEC that OTC options are generally illiquid.

 

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies (traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter markets) to manage its exposure to exchange rates.  Call options on foreign currencies written by a Fund will be “covered,” which means that the Fund will own an equal amount of the underlying foreign currency.  With respect to put options on foreign currency written by a Fund, the Fund will establish a segregated account with its custodian consisting of cash or liquid, high grade debt securities in an amount equal to the amount the Fund would be required to pay upon exercise of the put, otherwise earmark assets as cover or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder.

 

Buyers and sellers of foreign currency options are subject to the same risks that apply to options generally.  There are certain additional risks associated with foreign currency options.  The markets in foreign currency options are relatively new, and a Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market.  There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. In addition, options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

 

The value of a foreign currency option depends upon the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar.  As a result, the price of the option position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies and may have no relationship to the

 

19


 

investment merits of a foreign security.  Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

 

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions ( i.e ., less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable.  The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market.  To the extent that the U.S. option markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets until they reopen.

 

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on indices and enter into related closing transactions.  Put and call options on indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option.  This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number.  Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities.  A Fund may choose to terminate an option position by entering into a closing transaction.  The ability of a Fund to enter into closing transactions depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market for such transactions.

 

All options written on indices must be covered.  When a Fund writes an option on an index, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities with its custodian in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.

 

A Fund will not engage in transactions involving interest rate futures contracts for speculation but only as a hedge against changes in the market values of debt securities held or intended to be purchased by the Fund and where the transactions are appropriate to reduce the Fund’s interest rate risks.  There can be no assurance that hedging transactions will be successful.  A Fund also could be exposed to risks if it cannot close out its futures or options positions because of any illiquid secondary market.

 

Futures and options have effective durations that, in general, are closely related to the effective duration of the securities that underlie them.  Holding purchased futures or call option positions (backed by segregated cash or other liquid securities) will lengthen the duration of a Fund’s portfolio.

 

A Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position.  For example, a Fund could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.  Alternatively, a Fund could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase.  Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

 

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while a Fund will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.

 

Caps, Collars and Floors.   Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party.  For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level.  An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

 

Inverse Floaters.   A Fund may invest in inverse floaters.  Inverse floaters are derivative securities whose interest rates vary inversely to changes in short-term interest rates and whose values fluctuate inversely to changes in long-term interest rates.  The value of certain inverse floaters will fluctuate substantially more in response to a given change in long-term rates than would a traditional debt security.  These securities have investment characteristics similar to leverage, in that interest rate changes have a magnified effect on the value of inverse floaters.

 

Ordinary Shares. Ordinary shares are shares of foreign issuers that are traded abroad and on a United States exchange.  Ordinary shares may be purchased with and sold for U.S. dollars.  Investing in foreign companies may involve risks not typically associated

 

20


 

with investing in United States companies.  See “Securities of Foreign Issuers.”

 

Overseas Private Investment Corporation Certificates. The Funds may invest in Certificates of Participation issued by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation (“OPIC”).  OPIC is a U.S. government agency that sells political risk insurance and loans to help U.S. businesses invest and compete in over 150 emerging markets and developing nations worldwide. OPIC provides medium to long-term loans and guaranties to projects involving significant equity or management participation.  OPIC can lend on either a project finance or a corporate finance basis in countries where conventional institutions are often unable or unwilling to lend on such a basis.  OPIC issues Certificates of Participation to finance projects undertaken by U.S. companies.  These certificates are guaranteed by OPIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

 

Participation Interests. A Fund may invest in participation interests in fixed-income securities.  A participation interest provides the certificate holder with a specified interest in an issue of fixed-income securities.

 

Some participation interests give the holders differing interests in the underlying securities, depending upon the type or class of certificate purchased.  For example, coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to receive a specific portion of interest payments on the underlying securities; principal strip certificates give the holder the right to receive principal payments and the portion of interest not payable to coupon strip certificate holders.  Holders of certificates of participation in interest payments may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of interest, a variable rate that is periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction.  Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any excess cash flow remaining after required payments of principal and interest have been made.

 

More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations.  Since these instruments have only recently been developed, there can be no assurance that any market will develop or be maintained for the instruments.  Generally, the fixed-income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these interests are the sole source of payments on the interests; holders cannot look to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities held in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.

 

Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility.  Certain types of interests are sensitive to fluctuations in market interest rates and to prepayments on the underlying securities.  A rapid rate of prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holder’s initial investment.

 

The extent to which the yield to maturity of a participation interest is sensitive to prepayments depends, in part, upon whether the interest was purchased at a discount or premium, and if so, the size of that discount or premium.  Generally, if a participation interest is purchased at a premium and principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time of purchase, the holder’s actual yield to maturity will be lower than that assumed at the time of purchase.  Conversely, if a participation interest is purchased at a discount and principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that assumed at the time of purchase, the investor’s actual yield to maturity will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.

 

Participation interests in pools of fixed-income securities backed by certain types of debt obligations involve special risk considerations.  The issuers of securities backed by automobile and truck receivables typically file financing statements evidencing security interests in the receivables, and the servicers of those obligations take and retain custody of the obligations.  If the servicers, in contravention of their duty to the holders of the securities backed by the receivables, were to sell the obligations, the third party purchasers could acquire an interest superior to the interest of the security holders.  Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be noted on the certificate of title and the certificate of title may not be amended to reflect the assignment of the lender’s security interest.  Therefore, the recovery of the collateral in some cases may not be available to support payments on the securities.  Securities backed by credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and both federal and state consumer protection laws may allow set-offs against certain amounts owed.

 

Pay-In-Kind Bonds. Pay-in-kind bonds are securities which, at the issuer’s option, pay interest in either cash or additional securities for a specified period. Pay-in-kind bonds, like zero coupon bonds, are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. Pay-in-kind bonds are expected to reflect the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last payment. Pay-in-kind bonds are usually less volatile than zero coupon bonds, but more volatile than cash pay securities.

 

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends generally are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

 

21


 

Over-The-Counter Stocks. A Fund may invest in over-the-counter stocks.  In contrast to the securities exchanges, the over-the-counter market is not a centralized facility that limits trading activity to securities of companies which initially satisfy certain defined standards.  Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter common stock is less than the volume of trading in a listed stock.  This means that the depth of market liquidity of some stocks in which each Fund invests may not be as great as that of other securities and, if the Funds were to dispose of such a stock, they might have to offer the shares at a discount from recent prices, or sell the shares in small lots over an extended period of time.

 

Privatization. Privatizations are foreign government programs for selling all or part of the interests in government owned or controlled enterprises. The ability of a U.S. entity to participate in privatizations in certain foreign countries may be limited by local law, or the terms on which a Fund may be permitted to participate may be less advantageous than those applicable for local investors. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will continue to sell their interests in companies currently owned or controlled by them or that privatization programs will be successful.

 

Receipts. Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, which means that they are sold at a substantial discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal.  This discount is accreted over the life of the security, and such accretion will constitute the income earned on a security for both accounting and tax purposes.  Because of these features, such securities may be subject to greater interest rate volatility than interest paying investments.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITS”). The Funds may invest in REITs, which pool investors’ money for investment in income producing commercial real estate or real estate related loans or interests.

 

A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income, and with a regulatory requirement that it distribute to its shareholders or unitholders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year.  Generally, REITs can be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs.  Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales.  Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments.  Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity and Mortgage REITs.  A shareholder in a Fund should realize that by investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, he or she will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also indirectly, similar expenses of underlying REITs.

 

A Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct investments of the REITs.  REITs may be affected by changes in their underlying properties and by defaults by borrowers or tenants.  Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended.  Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills.  Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties.  REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders, and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations.  In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the IRC or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

 

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are agreements by which a Fund obtains a security and simultaneously commits to return the security to the seller (a member bank of the Federal Reserve System or primary securities dealer as recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank) at an agreed upon price (including principal and interest) on an agreed upon date within a number of days (usually not more than seven) from the date of purchase.  The resale price reflects the purchase price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest which is unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the underlying security.  A repurchase agreement involves the obligation of the seller to pay the agreed upon price, which obligation is in effect secured by the value of the underlying security.

 

Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans by a Fund for purposes of its investment limitations.  The repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund will provide that the underlying security at all times shall have a value at least equal to 100% of the resale price stated in the agreement (the Advisor monitors compliance with this requirement).  In addition, even though the Bankruptcy Code provides protection for most repurchase agreements, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, a Fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and interest if the Fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and is required to return the underlying security to the seller’s estate.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreement, Dollar Roll, and Reverse Dollar Roll Transactions. Repurchase agreements are transactions by which a Fund purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the term of the agreement.  In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of the seller of a repurchase agreement, a Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses.  To minimize these possibilities, each Fund intends to enter into repurchase agreements only with its custodian, with banks having assets in excess of $10 billion and with broker-dealers who are recognized as primary dealers in U.S. government obligations by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.  Collateral for repurchase agreements is held in safekeeping in the customer-only account of the Fund’s custodian at the Federal Reserve Bank.  A Fund will not enter into a repurchase agreement not terminable within seven days if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the value of its net assets would be invested in such securities and other illiquid securities.

 

22


 

Although the securities subject to a repurchase agreement might bear maturities exceeding one year, settlement for the repurchase would never be more than one year after the Fund’s acquisition of the securities and normally would be within a shorter period of time.  The resale price will be in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon market rate effective for the period of time the Fund’s money will be invested in the securities, and will not be related to the coupon rate of the purchased security. At the time a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the value of the underlying security, including accrued interest, will equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement, and in the case of a repurchase agreement exceeding one day, the seller will agree that the value of the underlying security, including accrued interest, will at all times equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement.  The collateral securing the seller’s obligation must consist of cash or securities that are issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies. The collateral will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from a Fund to the seller subject to the repurchase agreement and is therefore subject to that Fund’s investment restriction applicable to loans.  It is not clear whether a court would consider the securities purchased by a Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by that Fund or as being collateral for a loan by the Fund to the seller.  In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the securities before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, a Fund may encounter delays and incur costs before being able to sell the security.  Delays may involve loss of interest or decline in price of the security.  If a court characterized the transaction as a loan and a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, that Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller.  As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.  As with any unsecured debt obligation purchased for a Fund, the sub-advisor seeks to minimize the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the obligor, in this case, the seller.  Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security, in which case a Fund may incur a loss if the proceeds to that Fund of the sale of the security to a third party are less than the repurchase price.  However, if the market value of the securities subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including interest), the Fund involved will direct the seller of the security to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price.  It is possible that a Fund will be unsuccessful in seeking to enforce the seller’s contractual obligation to deliver additional securities.

 

Royalty Income Trusts. Royalty income trusts are structured similarly to REITs. A royalty income trust generally acquires an interest in natural resource companies or chemical companies and distributes the income it receives to the investors of the royalty trust.  A sustained decline in demand for crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products could adversely affect income and royalty trust revenues and cash flows. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand include a recession or other adverse economic conditions, an increase in the market price of the underlying commodity, higher taxes or other regulatory actions that increase costs, or a shift in consumer demand for such products. A rising interest rate environment could adversely impact the performance of royalty trusts. Rising interest rates could limit the capital appreciation of royalty trusts because of the increased availability of alternative investments at more competitive yields.

 

Rule 144A Securities. Rule 144A securities are securities exempt from registration on resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”).  Rule 144A securities are traded in the institutional market pursuant to this registration exemption, and, as a result, may not be as liquid as exchange-traded securities since they may only be resold to certain qualified institutional investors.  Due to the relatively limited size of this institutional market, these securities may affect the liquidity of Rule 144A securities to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing such securities.  Nevertheless, Rule 144A securities may be treated as liquid securities pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

Securities Lending. In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend its securities pursuant to agreements requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral consisting of: (1) cash in U.S. dollars; (2) securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government or issued and unconditionally guaranteed by any agencies thereof; or (3) irrevocable performance letters of credit issued by banks approved by each Fund.  All collateral must equal at least 100% of the market value of the loaned securities.  A Fund continues to receive interest on the loaned securities while simultaneously earning interest on the investment of cash collateral.  Collateral is marked to market daily.  There may be risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially or become insolvent. In addition, cash collateral invested by the lending Fund is subject to investment risk and the Fund may experience losses with respect to its collateral investments. The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever the Fund’s portfolio securities are loaned:  (1) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral from the borrower; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (3) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees approved by the Board in connection with the loan; (6) while voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Board must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, and (7) the Fund may not loan its portfolio securities so that the value of the loaned securities is more than one-third of its total asset value, including collateral received from such loans.

 

23


 

Short Sales. In a short sale, a Fund sells a security, which it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the sale, the Fund must borrow the security (generally from the broker through which the short sale is made) in order to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The Fund is said to have a “short position” in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker. The period during which the Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until the Fund replaces the security, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the Fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest, which accrue during the period of the loan.

 

A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short.  A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is otherwise “covered,” whether by placing assets in a segregated account or otherwise earmarking assets as cover in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short, or otherwise.  Any Fund that engages in short sales will comply with these requirements.

 

Sovereign Debt. The Flexible Income Fund may invest in sovereign debt. The cost of servicing sovereign debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates.  The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange.  Currency devaluations may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt.

 

As a result of the foregoing or other factors, a governmental obligor may default on its obligations.  If such an event occurs, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor.  Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country.  In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

 

Stand-By Commitments. When a Fund purchases municipal obligations, it may also acquire stand-by commitments from banks and broker-dealers with respect to such municipal obligations.  A stand-by commitment is the equivalent of a put option acquired by the Fund with respect to a particular municipal obligation held in its portfolio.  A stand-by commitment is a security independent of the municipal obligation to which it relates.  The amount payable by a bank or dealer during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable, absent unusual circumstances relating to a change in market value, would be substantially the same as the value of the underlying municipal obligation.  A stand-by commitment might not be transferable by a Fund, although it could sell the underlying municipal obligation to a third party at any time.

 

Each Fund expects that stand-by commitments generally will be available without the payment of direct or indirect consideration.  However, if necessary and advisable, a Fund may pay for stand-by commitments either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio securities which are acquired subject to such a commitment (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same securities).  The total amount paid in either manner for outstanding stand-by commitments held by a Fund will not exceed 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets calculated immediately after each stand-by commitment is acquired.  A Fund will enter into stand-by commitments only with banks and broker-dealers that, in the judgment of the Advisor or sub-advisor, as the case may be, present minimal credit risks.

 

Step Coupon Bonds (“STEPS”). A Fund may invest in debt securities which pay interest at a series of different rates (including 0%) in accordance with a stated schedule for a series of periods.  In addition to the risks associated with the credit rating of the issuers, these securities may be subject to more volatility risk than fixed rate debt securities.

 

Structured Investments. Structured investments are derivatives in the form of a unit or units representing an undivided interest(s) in assets held in a trust that is not an investment company as defined in the 1940 Act. A trust unit pays a return based on the total return of securities and other investments held by the trust and the trust may enter into one or more swaps to achieve its goal. For example, a trust may purchase a basket of securities and agree to exchange the return generated by those securities for the return generated by another basket or index of securities. The Funds will purchase structured investments in trusts that engage in such swaps only where the counterparties are approved by the Advisor or sub-advisor, as the case may be.

 

24


 

Structured Notes: A Fund may invest in structured notes, including “total rate of return swaps,” with rates of return determined by reference to the total rate of return on one or more loans referenced in such notes.  The rate of return on the structured note may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the referenced loan or loans.  Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of leverage, which magnifies the risk of loss, because a relatively small decline in the value of a referenced note could result in a relatively large loss in value.

 

Swap Agreements. A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc.  The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices, indexes or inflation rates.

 

Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of a Fund and its share price.  The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund.  If a swap agreement calls for payments by a Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due.  In addition, if the counter-party’s creditworthiness declines the value of a swap agreement would likely decline, potentially resulting in losses.

 

Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party.  A Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party.  If the counter-party is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, a Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the contract.

 

A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a Fund’s gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a Fund may cover its current obligations under swap agreements according to guidelines established by the SEC.  If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement.  If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement.

 

Equity Swaps.   In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks.  Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that a Fund will be committed to pay.

 

Interest Rate Swaps.   Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for floating-rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for floating-rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating-rate cash flows.  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met.

 

Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For example, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a floating-rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, a Fund may have to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating-rate of interest, a Fund may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

 

Currency Swaps.   A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency.  A Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency.  Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating-rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract.  Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.

 

Credit Default Swaps (“CDSs”).   A CDS is an agreement between a Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a referenced debt obligation. One party, acting as a “protection buyer,” makes periodic payments to the other party, a “protection seller,” in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group

 

25


 

of bonds. Acting as a protection seller allows a Fund to create an investment exposure similar to owning a bond. Acting as a protection buyer allows a Fund potentially to reduce its credit exposure to a bond it owns or to take a “short” position in a bond it does not own.

 

As the protection buyer in a CDS, a Fund may pay a premium (by means of periodic payments) in return for the right to deliver specified bonds or loans to the protection seller and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value upon default or similar events by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation.  If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Fund.  As the protection buyer, the Fund bears the risk that the investment might expire worthless or that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default or similar event.  In addition, when the Fund is a protection buyer, the Fund’s investment would only generate income in the event of an actual default or similar event by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation.

 

A Fund may also use credit default swaps for investment purposes by selling a CDS, in which case, the Fund, as the protection seller, would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the protection buyer in the event of a default or similar event by the third-party issuer of the underlying reference obligation.  In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the protection buyer a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract.  If no credit event occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations.  As the protection seller in a CDS, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.  Consistent with SEC staff guidance, if the Fund sells a CDS it will segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the swap in order to cover its obligations under the instrument.

 

In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, CDSs involve special risks because they may be difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

 

Options on Swap Agreements (“swaptions”) . The Funds also may enter into swaptions. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Funds may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular swaption, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option by the buyer of the option, the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.

 

Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements or swaptions will be successful in furthering its investment goals will depend on the sub-advisors’ ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.  Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.

 

Other Types of Financial Instruments. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, the Funds may also use those instruments, provided that such instruments are consistent with the Funds’ investment goals.

 

Tender Option Bonds. A tender option bond is a municipal security (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates, that has been coupled with the agreement of a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, pursuant to which such institution grants the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof.  As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the municipal security’s fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent at or near the commencement of such period, that would cause the securities, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par on the date of such determination.  Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term tax exempt rate.  The Advisor or sub-advisor as the case may be, will consider on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuer of the underlying municipal securities, of any custodian, and of the third-party provider of the tender option.  In certain instances and for certain tender option bonds, the option may be terminable in the event of a default in payment of principal of interest on the underlying municipal securities and for other reasons.

 

Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty are considered to be illiquid securities.

 

Temporary Defensive Investments. Each Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, invest up to 100% of its total assets in money market instruments (including U.S. government securities, bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest rating category by an NRSRO and repurchase agreements involving the foregoing securities), shares of money market investment companies (to the

 

26


 

extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions) and cash.

 

Trust Preferred Securities. Trust preferred securities are issued by a special purpose trust subsidiary backed by subordinated debt of the corporate parent. Trust preferred securities currently permit the issuing entity to treat the interest payments as a tax-deductible cost. These securities, which have no voting rights, have a final stated maturity date and a fixed schedule for periodic payments. In addition, these securities have provisions which afford preference over common and preferred stock upon liquidation, although the securities are subordinated to other, more senior debt securities of the same issuer. The issuers of these securities have the right to defer interest payments for a period of up to five years, although interest continues to accrue cumulatively. The deferral of payments may not exceed the stated maturity date of the securities themselves. The non-payment of deferred interest at the end of the permissible period will be treated as an event of default. At the present time, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) treats trust preferred securities as debt.

 

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. Government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities.  Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.  Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as securities of Fannie Mae; or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. Government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed.  The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.

 

U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury Obligations are bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as separately traded registered interest and principal securities (“STRIPS”) and coupons under book entry safekeeping (“CUBES”).  They also include Treasury inflation-protection securities (“TIPS”).

 

Variable and Floating-Rate Instruments. Certain obligations may carry variable or floating-rates of interest, and may involve a conditional or unconditional demand feature.  Such instruments bear interest at rates which are not fixed, but which vary with changes in specified market rates or indices.  The interest rates on these securities may be reset daily, weekly, quarterly or some other reset period, and may have a floor or ceiling on interest rate changes.  There is a risk that the current interest rate on such obligations may not accurately reflect existing market interest rates.  A demand instrument with a demand notice exceeding seven days may be considered illiquid if there is no secondary market for such security.

 

Warrants and Rights. Warrants are instruments giving holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy equity or fixed-income securities of a company at a given price during a specified period. Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a short life span to expiration.  The purchase of warrants or rights involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant or right if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants’ and rights’ expiration.  Also, the purchase of warrants and/or rights involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrants and/or rights added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.  Buying a warrant does not make a Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock.  The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock.  A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investment in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.

 

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitment Transactions. A Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, in which case delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement period; payment for or delivery of the securities would be made prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction.  When-issued or delayed delivery securities are subject to market fluctuations due to changes in market interest rates and it is possible that the market value at the time of settlement could be higher or lower than the purchase price if the general level of interest rates has changed.  Although a Fund generally purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities for its investment portfolio, a Fund may dispose of a when-issued security or forward commitment prior to settlement if it deems appropriate.

 

Yankee Obligations. Yankee obligations (“Yankees”) are U.S. dollar-denominated instruments of foreign issuers who either register with the SEC or issue securities under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act. These consist of debt securities (including preferred or preference stock of non-governmental issuers), certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by foreign banks, and

 

27


 

debt obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities. Some securities issued by foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Yankee obligations, as obligations of foreign issuers, are subject to the same types of risks discussed above in “Securities of Foreign Issuers.”

 

Zero Coupon Securities. The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds of governmental or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders prior to maturity. Since zero coupon bonds do not make regular interest payments, they allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently. The IRC requires that a Fund accrue interest income on zero coupon bonds for each taxable year, even though no cash has been paid on the bonds, and generally requires the Fund to distribute such income (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to federal income tax and to continue to maintain its status as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the IRC. Because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, a Fund may be required to sell investments (even if such sales are not advantageous) to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy the distribution requirements applicable to the Fund under the IRC. See “Federal Income Taxes” for more information.

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

Fundamental investment limitations

 

The following investment limitations are fundamental policies of each Fund which cannot be changed without the consent of the holders of a majority of that Fund’s outstanding shares.

 

The term “majority of the outstanding shares” means the vote of (i) 67% or more of a Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of a Fund’s outstanding shares, whichever is less.  Except for the limitations on illiquid securities and bank borrowings, if a percentage restriction on investment or use of assets set forth below is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from changing market values or other circumstances will not be considered a deviation from this policy.

 

Several of these fundamental investment limitations include the defined term “1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions.” This term means the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as such statutes, rules and regulations are amended from time to time or are interpreted from time to time by the staff of the SEC and any exemptive order or similar relief granted to a Fund.

 

All Touchstone Funds except Focused Fund. The fundamental investment limitations for all funds except Focused Fund are:

 

1.               Diversification.  For each diversified Fund only, the Funds may not purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Funds to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

For clarification, this diversification policy does not apply to the following nondiversified funds: Large Cap Growth and Emerging Markets Growth Fund.

 

2.               Borrowing Money .  The Funds may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation, or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.

 

3.               Underwriting . The Funds may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the sale or disposition of portfolio securities, a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws or in connection with investments in other investment companies.

 

4.               Loans.   The Funds may not make loans to other persons except that a Fund may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities, (3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter into any other lending arrangement permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.

 

5.               Real Estate.   The Funds may not purchase or sell real estate except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests in real estate and (3) purchase or sell securities of entities or investment vehicles, including real estate investment trusts that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests in real estate.

 

28


 

6.               Commodities.   The Funds may not purchase or sell physical commodities except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell physical commodities acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments, (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, (3) purchase or sell options, and (4) purchase or sell futures contracts.

 

7.               Concentration of Investments.   The Funds may not purchase the securities of an issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry.

 

8.               Senior Securities.   The Funds may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.

 

Focused Fund. The fundamental limitations for the Focused Fund are :

 

1.               Borrowing Money. The Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions.

 

Please refer to number 1 of the “Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations” section for further information.

 

2.               Underwriting. The Fund may not underwrite the securities of other issuers.  This restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.               Concentration of Investments. The Fund will not make investments that will result in the concentration (as that term may be defined or interpreted by the 1940 Act, Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions) of its investments in the securities of issuers primarily engaged in the same industry. This restriction does not limit the Fund’s investments in (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) tax-exempt obligations issued by governments or political subdivisions of governments or (iii) repurchase agreements collateralized by such obligations.

 

4.               Real estate. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.  This restriction does not prevent the Fund from investing in issuers that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests therein, or investing in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein.

 

5.               Commodities. The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.  This restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving futures contracts and options thereon or investing in securities that are secured by physical commodities.

 

6.               Loans. The Fund may not make personal loans or loans of its assets to persons who control or are under common control with the Fund, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions. This restriction does not prevent the Fund from, among other things, purchasing debt obligations, entering repurchase agreements, lending portfolio securities or investing in loans, including assignments and participation interests.

 

Non-fundamental investment limitations

 

Each Fund also has adopted certain non-fundamental investment limitations.  A non-fundamental investment limitation may be amended by the Board without a vote of shareholders.

 

The following non-fundamental investment limitations apply to each Fund except the Focused Fund:

 

1.               Diversification. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified investment management company, as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agents or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities would be held by the fund.

 

2.               Borrowing. The 1940 Act allows a fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).

 

3.               Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

 

29


 

4.               Lending. Under the 1940 Act, a fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The Fund’s current investment policy on lending is as follows: the Fund may not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) engage in securities lending as described in its Statement of Additional Information.

 

5.               Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation or other coverage of such obligation in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act Rules and SEC interpretations thereunder.

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund. The following non-fundamental investment limitations apply to the Mid Cap Growth Fund:

 

1.               Borrowing Money .   The Fund intends to borrow money only as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes.  In addition, the Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions involving mortgage-backed securities or other investment techniques entered into for the purpose of leverage.

 

Growth Opportunities Fund. The following non-fundamental investment limitations apply to the Growth Opportunities Fund:

 

1.               Illiquid Investments.  The Fund will not purchase securities for which there are legal or contractual restrictions on resale or for which no readily available market exists (or engage in a repurchase agreement maturing in more than seven days) if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the value of its net assets would be invested in such securities.

 

2.               Margin Purchases.   The Fund will not purchase securities or evidences of interest thereon on “margin.”  This limitation is not applicable to short-term credit obtained by the Fund for the clearance of purchases and sales or redemption of securities or to the extent necessary to engage in transactions described in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information involving margin purchases.

 

3.               Short Sales.   The Fund will not make short sales of securities.

 

Focused Fund. The following non-fundamental investment limitations apply to the Focused Fund:

 

1.               Borrowing and senior securities. In complying with the fundamental investment restriction regarding borrowing and issuing senior securities, the Fund may borrow money in an amount not exceeding 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings).

 

2.               Loans. In complying with the fundamental investment restriction with regard to making loans, the Fund may not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) engage in securities lending as described in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

 

The following is a list of the Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, the length of time served, principal occupations for the past 5 years, and for the Trustees, number of funds overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex and other directorships held.  All funds managed by the Advisor are part of the “Touchstone Fund Complex.” The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of the Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.  The Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Trustees.”

 

30


 

Interested Trustees(1):

 

Name 
Address 
Year of Birth

 

Position 
Held with 
Trust

 

Term of 
Office And 
Length of 
Time 

Served

 

Principal 

Occupation(s)
During 
Past 5 Years

 

Number of 

Funds 
Overseen in 
the 
Touchstone 
Fund 
Complex(2)

 

Other 
Directorships 
Held During Past 5 Years(3)

Jill T. McGruder

Touchstone

Advisors, Inc.

 

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1955

 

Trustee

and President

 

Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed

 

Trustee since 1999

 

President and CEO of IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company).

 

48

 

Director of LaRosa’s, Inc.  (a restaurant chain) from 1999 to the present; IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company) from 1999 to the present; Integrity and National Integrity Life Insurance Co. from 2005 to the present; Touchstone Securities (the Trust’s distributor) from 1999 to the present; Touchstone Advisors (the Trust’s investment advisor and administrator) from 1999 to the present; W&S Brokerage Services (a brokerage company) from 1999 to the present; and W&S Financial Group Distributors (a distribution company) from 1999 to the present.

 

Independent Trustees:

 

Name
Address
Year of Birth

 

Position
Held with 
Trust

 

Term of 
Office And 
Length of 
Time 
Served

 

Principal Occupation(s)
 During Past 5 Years

 

Number of 
Funds Overseen 
in the 
Touchstone
Fund Complex(2)

 

Other
Directorships
Held During Past 5 Years(3)

Phillip R. Cox

 

105 East Fourth Street

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1947

 

Trustee

 

Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed

Trustee since 1999

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of Cox Financial Corp. (a financial services company).

 

48

 

Director of Cincinnati Bell (a communications company) from 1994 to the present; Bethesda Inc. (a hospital) from 2005 to the present; Timken Co. (a manufacturing company) from 2004 to the present; Diebold, Inc. (a technology solutions company) from 2004 to the present.

William C. Gale

 

c/o Touchstone

Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1952

 

Trustee

 

Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed

Trustee since 2013

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cintas Corporation (a business service company) from 1995 to the present.

 

48

 

None

Susan J. Hickenlooper

 

c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1946

 

Trustee

 

Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed

Trustee since 2009

 

Financial Analyst for Impact 100 (Charitable Organization) from 11/2012 to present.

 

48

 

Trustee of Cincinnati

Parks Foundation (a charitable organization) from 2000 to present; Trustee of Episcopal Retirement Homes Foundation from 1998 to 2011 (a charitable organization).

Kevin A. Robie

 

c/o Touchstone

Advisors, Inc.

 

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1956

 

Trustee

 

Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed

Trustee since 2013

 

Vice President of Portfolio Management at Soin International LLC (a private multinational holding company) from 2004 to present.

 

48

 

Director of Buckeye EcoCare, Inc. (a lawn care company) from 2013 to the present; Trustee of Dayton Region New Market Fund, LLC (a private fund) from 2010 to the present; Trustee of the Entrepreneurs Center, Inc. (a small business incubator) from 2006 to the

 

31


 

Independent Trustees:

 

Name
Address
Year of Birth

 

Position
Held with 
Trust

 

Term of 
Office And 
Length of 
Time 
Served

 

Principal Occupation(s)
 During Past 5 Years

 

Number of 
Funds Overseen 
in the 
Touchstone
Fund Complex(2)

 

Other
Directorships
Held During Past 5 Years(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

present; and Director of Interventional Imaging, Inc. (a medical device company) from 2004 to 2011.

Edward J. VonderBrink

 

c/o Touchstone

Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1944

 

Trustee

 

Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed

 

Trustee since 2013

 

Consultant, VonderBrink Consulting LLC from 2000 to present.

 

48

 

Director of Streamline Health Solutions, Inc. (healthcare IT) from 2006 to the present; Mercy Health Foundation (healthcare non-profit) from 2007 to the present.

 


(1) Ms. McGruder, as a director of the Advisor and the Distributor, and an officer of affiliates of the Advisor and the Distributor, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act.

(2) As of April 23, 2014, the Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 17 series of the Trust, 13 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 1 series of Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 3 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust,  and 10 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

(3) Each Trustee is also a Trustee of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

 

Principal Officers:

 

Name
Address
Year of Birth 

 

Position
Held with Trust(1)

 

Term of Office and 
Length of Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 
5 Years

Jill T. McGruder

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1955

 

President

 

Until resignation, removal or disqualification

 

President since

2004; President from 2000-2002

 

See biography above.   

Steven M. Graziano

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1954

 

Vice President

 

Until resignation, removal or disqualification

 

Vice President since 2009

 

 

President of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.;

Timothy D. Paulin

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1963

 

Vice President

 

Until resignation, removal or disqualification

 

Vice President since 2010

 

Senior Vice President of Investment Research and Product Management of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.; Director of Product Design of Klein Decisions, Inc. 2003-2010.

 

32


 

Timothy S. Stearns

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1963

 

Chief

Compliance Officer

 

Until resignation, removal or disqualification

 

Chief Compliance Officer since August 2013

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of Envestnet Asset Management, Inc. (2009 to 2013); and Chief Compliance Officer, Americas and Compliance Director, Asia of Franklin Templeton Investments (1997 to 2009).

Terrie A. Wiedenheft

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway

Cincinnati, OH

 

Year of Birth: 1962

 

Controller

and Treasurer

 

Until resignation, removal or disqualification

 

Controller and Treasurer since 2000

 

Treasurer since 2003

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer of IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company

Elizabeth R. Freeman

 

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

201 Washington Street

Boston, MA

 

Year of Birth:  1962

 

Secretary

 

Until resignation, removal or disqualification

 

Secretary since 2011

 

Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BNY Mellon Investment

Servicing (US) Inc.

 


(1) Each officer also holds the same office with Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

 

Additional Information About the Trustees

 

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Trustees possess the requisite experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills to serve on the Board.  The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review critically, evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the Advisor, sub-advisors, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors; and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, support this conclusion.  The Board has also considered the contributions that each Trustee can make to the Board and the Funds.

 

In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills apply as to each Trustee: Ms. McGruder has experience as a chief executive officer of a financial services company and director of various other businesses, as well as executive and leadership roles within the Advisor; Mr. Cox has experience as a chief executive officer of a financial services company and director of companies from varied industries; Mr. Gale has executive and accounting experience as chief financial officer of a major public corporation; Ms. Hickenlooper has executive and board experience at various businesses, foundations and charitable organizations; Mr. Robie has portfolio management experience at a private multinational holding company; and Mr. VonderBrink has experience as a consultant and director of other corporations.  In its periodic self-assessment of its effectiveness, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Fund. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

 

Board Structure

 

The Board is composed of five Independent Trustees and one Interested Trustee, Jill T. McGruder, who is Chair of the Board. The Board has appointed Phillip R. Cox to serve as the Lead Independent Trustee. Ms. McGruder oversees the day-to-day business affairs of the Trust and communicates with Mr. Cox regularly on various Trust issues, as appropriate. Mr. Cox, among other things, chairs meetings of the Independent Trustees, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Trustees, and serves as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and the Trust’s management between Board meetings. Except for any duties specified in this SAI, the designation of Lead Independent Trustee does not generally impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations, or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations, or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board. The Independent Trustees are advised at these meetings, as well as at other times, by separate, independent legal counsel.

 

The Board holds four regular meetings each year to consider and address matters involving the Trust and its Funds. The Board also may hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside

 

33


 

the presence of management. These meetings may take place in-person or by telephone.

 

The Board has established a committee structure that includes an Audit Committee and a Governance Committee (discussed in more detail below). The Board conducts much of its work through these Committees.  Each Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees, which ensures that the Funds have effective and independent governance and oversight.

 

The Board reviews its structure regularly and believes that its leadership structure, including having a super-majority of Independent Trustees, coupled with an Interested Chair and a Lead Independent Trustee, is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees and the Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.  The Board believes that having an Interested Chair is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust given:  (1) the extensive oversight provided by the Trust’s Advisor over the affiliated and unaffiliated sub-advisors that conduct the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds; (2) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the standing committees; (3) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet regularly, together with independent legal counsel, in the absence of the Interested Chair; and (4) the Interested Chair’s additional roles as a director of the Advisor and the Distributor and senior executive of IFS Financial Services, Inc., the Advisor’s parent company, and of other affiliates of the Advisor, which enhance the Board’s understanding of the operations of the Advisor and the role of the Trust and the Advisor within Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.  The Board also believes that the role of the Lead Independent Trustee within the leadership structure is integral to promoting independent oversight of the Funds’ operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders’ interests.  In addition, the Board believes its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from the Trust’s management.

 

Board Oversight of Risk

 

Consistent with its responsibilities for oversight of the Trust and its Funds, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of each Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure that it has established.  Risks to the Funds include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk, and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Funds.  The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies and procedures designed to address these risks.  Under the overall supervision of the Board, the Advisor, sub-advisors, and other key service providers to the Funds, including the administrator, the distributor, the transfer agent, the custodian, and the independent auditors, have also implemented a variety of processes, procedures, and controls to address these risks.  Different processes, procedures, and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks.  These processes include those that are embedded in the conduct of regular business by the Board and in the responsibilities of officers of the Trust and other service providers.

 

The Board requires senior officers of the Trust, including the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), to report to the Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board, including matters relating to risk management.  The Board and the Audit Committee receive regular reports from the Trust’s independent auditors on internal control and financial reporting matters.  On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the Trust’s CCO, including meetings in executive sessions, to discuss compliance issues and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the CCO regarding the effectiveness of the Trust’s compliance program.  In addition, the Board also receives reports from the Advisor on the investments and securities trading of the Funds, including their investment performance and asset weightings compared to appropriate benchmarks, as well as reports regarding the valuation of those investments.  The Board also receives reports from the Trust’s primary service providers on a periodic or regular basis, including the sub-advisors to the Funds.

 

Standing Committees of the Board

 

The Board is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust.  The Board has established the following Committees to assist in its oversight functions.  Each Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees.

 

Audit Committee.   All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Audit Committee.  Mr. Gale serves as the Committee Chair. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies, practices, and internal controls.  During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, the Audit Committee held seven meetings.

 

Governance Committee.  All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Governance Committee.  Ms.  Hickenlooper serves as the Committee Chair. The Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s compliance program and compliance issues, procedures for valuing securities and responding to any pricing issues.  During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, the Governance Committee held four meetings.

 

In addition, the Governance Committee is responsible for recommending candidates to serve on the Board.  The Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for nomination to the Board only in the event that there is a vacancy on the Board.  Shareholders who wish to submit recommendations for nominations to the Board to fill the vacancy must submit their recommendations in writing to Susan J. Hickenlooper, Chair of the Governance Committee, c/o Touchstone Funds, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202.  Shareholders should include appropriate information on the background and qualifications of any

 

34


 

person recommended to the Governance Committee ( e.g ., a resume), as well as the candidate’s contact information and a written consent from the candidate to serve if nominated and elected.  Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration in the event of a future vacancy on the Board.

 

Trustee Ownership in the Touchstone Funds.

 

The following table reflects the Trustees’ beneficial ownership in the Funds* and the Touchstone Fund Complex as of December 31, 2013.

 

 

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
 Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Interested Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jill T. McGruder

 

$10,001 - $50,000

 

$50,001 - $100,000

 

Over $100,000

 

Independent Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phillip R. Cox

 

None

 

$1 – $10,000

 

None

 

William C. Gale

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Susan J. Hickenlooper

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Kevin A. Robie

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Edward J. VonderBrink

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
 Emerging Markets Growth 
Fund

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
 Focused Fund

 

Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity Securities in
Touchstone 
Fund Complex (1)

 

Interested Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jill T. McGruder

 

None

 

None

 

Over $100,000

 

Independent Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phillip R. Cox

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

William C. Gale

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Susan J. Hickenlooper

 

None

 

None

 

Over $100,000

 

Kevin A. Robie

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Edward J. VonderBrink

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

 


(1)As of December 31, 2013, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 18 series of the Trust, 13 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 1 series of Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Investment Trust,  3 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, and 10 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

 

Trustee Compensation

 

The following table shows the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust and the aggregate compensation paid by the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

 

Name

 

Compensation
from Trust(1)

 

Pension or Retirement 
Benefits Accrued As 
Part of Fund Expenses

 

Estimate Annual 
Benefits Upon 
Retirement

 

Aggregate Compensation
from the Touchstone Fund 
Complex(1),(2)

 

Interested Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jill T. McGruder

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

Independent Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip R. Cox

 

$

28,532

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

94,300

 

William C. Gale(3)

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

Susan J. Hickenlooper

 

$

27,641

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

83,052

 

Kevin A. Robie(3)

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

Edward J. VonderBrink (3)

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

35


 


(1) The Independent Trustees are eligible to participate in the Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan that allows the Independent Trustees to defer payment of a specific amount of their Trustee compensation, subject to a minimum quarterly reduction of $1,000.  The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the Independent Trustees from the Touchstone Family of Funds during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 is $5,000.

(2) As of March 31, 2014, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 19 series of the Trust,  14 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 1 series of Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 3 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, and 11 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.

(3) Messrs. Gale, Robie, and VonderBrink did not assume their position as Trustee until after March 31, 2013.

 

The following table shows the Trustee quarterly compensation schedule:

 

 

 

Quarterly Retainer

 

Governance Committee

 

Audit Committee

 

Board Meeting Fees

 

Retainers

 

$

13,500

 

$

4,500

 

$

4,500

 

$

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lead Independent Trustee Fees

 

$

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee Chair Fees

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,500

 

$

1,500

 

 

 

 

Telephonic Meeting Attendance Fee = $1,500

 

All fees are split equally among the Funds comprising the Touchstone Fund Complex.

 

THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Advisor” or “Touchstone Advisors”), is the Funds’ investment advisor under the terms of an advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) dated May 1, 2000.  Under the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor continuously reviews, supervises and administers the Funds’ investment program, subject to the supervision of, and policies established by, the.  The Advisor determines the appropriate allocation of assets to each Fund’s sub-advisor(s).

 

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Advisor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties, but shall not be protected against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties; or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

 

By its terms, the Funds’ Advisory Agreement will remain in force for an initial period of two years and from year-to-year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board or (b) a vote of the majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval.  The Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, on 60-day written notice, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board, by a vote of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor.  The Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Each class of shares of a Fund pays its respective pro rata portion of the advisory fee payable by the Fund.

 

The Advisor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IFS Financial Services, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western-Southern Life Assurance Company. Western-Southern Life Assurance Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. Western & Southern Financial Group is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company (collectively, “Western & Southern”).  Ms. Jill T. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Advisor because she is a director and officer of the Advisor and certain of its affiliates.  Ms. McGruder, by reason of these affiliations, may directly or indirectly receive benefits from the advisory fees paid to the Advisor.

 

Manager-of-Manager’s Structure

 

The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or the Advisor, under certain circumstances, to select or change unaffiliated sub-advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval (a “manager-of-managers structure”).  The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, seeks to achieve its investment goal by using a manager-of-managers structure.  Under a manager-of-managers structure, the Advisor acts as investment advisor, subject to direction from and oversight by the Board, to allocate and reallocate the Fund’s assets among sub-advisors, and to recommend that the Board hire, terminate, or replace unaffiliated sub-advisors without shareholder approval.  By reducing the number of shareholder meetings that may have to be held to approve new or additional sub-advisors for the Fund, the Trust anticipates that there will be substantial potential cost savings, as well as the opportunity to achieve certain management efficiencies, with respect to any fund in

 

36


 

which the manager-of-managers approach is chosen.  Each class of shares of a Fund pays its respective pro rata portion of the advisory fee payable by the Fund. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any material changes in its sub-advisory agreement.

 

Fees Paid to the Advisor and Sub-Advisor

 

For its services, the Advisor is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund, as set forth below.  Each Fund’s advisory fee is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets during the current month.

 

Fund

 

Investment Advisory Fee

Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

 

1.15% on all assets

Flexible Income Fund

 

0.70% on first $500 million of assets; and 0.60% on assets over $500 million

Focused Fund

 

0.70% on first $100 million of assets;

0.65% on next $400 million of assets; and

0.60% on assets over $500 million

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

0.75% on first $500 million of assets;

0.70% on next $500 million of assets; and 0.65% on assets over $1 billion

International Value Fund

 

 

1.00% on all assets

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

0.75% on first $200 million of assets;

0.70% on next $800 million of assets; and 0.65% on assets over $1 billion

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

0.75% on first $500 million of assets;

0.70% on next $500 million of assets; and 0.65% on assets over $1 billion

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

1.00% on first $300 million of assets; and

0.95% on assets over $300 million

 

Each Fund shall pay the expenses of its operation, including but not limited to (i) charges and expenses of outside pricing services, (ii) the charges and expenses of auditors; (iii) the charges and expenses of its custodian, transfer agent, and administrative agent appointed by the Trust with respect to a Fund; (iv) brokers’ commissions, and issue and transfer taxes chargeable to a Fund in connection with its securities transactions; (v) insurance premiums, interest charges, dues and fees for membership in trade associations, and all taxes and fees payable to federal, state, or other governmental agencies; (vi) fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Funds with the SEC, state, or blue sky securities agencies and foreign countries; (vii) all expenses of meetings of Trustees and of shareholders of the Trust and of preparing, printing, and distributing prospectuses, notices, proxy statements, and all reports to shareholders and to governmental agencies; (viii) charges and expenses of legal counsel to the Trust and Independent Trustees; (ix) compensation of the Independent Trustees of the Trust; (x) compliance fees and expenses; and (xi) interest on borrowed money, if any.  The compensation and expenses of any officer, Trustee, or employee of the Trust who is an affiliated person of the Advisor is paid by the Advisor.

 

Expense Limitation Agreement.  The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to ensure certain Funds’ total annual operating expenses (excluding dividend expenses relating to short sales, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses,” if any, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) do not exceed the contractual limits set forth below.  The contractual limits set forth in each Fund’s prospectus include Rule 12b-1 fees, shareholder servicing fees, and other anticipated class specific expenses, if applicable. Fee waivers or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on each Fund’s average net assets during such month.  The terms of contractual expense limitation agreement provide that the Advisor is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the year in which the Advisor reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for a Fund.  No recoupment will occur unless a Fund’s operating expenses are below the expense limitation amount in effect at the time of waiver or reimbursement.

 

Advisory Fees and Fee Waivers or Reimbursements.  For the three most recent fiscal years ended March 31, the Trust paid advisory fees and received waivers or reimbursements as shown in the following table:

 

37


 

 

 

Advisory Fees Paid

 

Fee Waivers or Reimbursements

 

Fund

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Focused Fund

 

$

4,327,948

 

$

4,097,746

 

$

3,630,726

 

$

2,164,420

*

$

1,791,046

*

$

651,083

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

$

851,370

 

$

1,189,339

 

$

1,260,818

 

$

411,888

 

$

410,640

 

$

294,272

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

$

5,309,287

 

$

5,137,889

 

$

6,046,954

 

$

933,030

 

$

886,943

 

$

915,294

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

$

6,437,626

 

$

5,252,371

 

$

4,545,709

 

$

18,795

 

$

13,157

 

$

0

 

 


*Reflects amounts paid to Old Mutual Capital, Inc. by the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement.

^The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the periods August 1, 2012 to September 9, 2012 and September 10, 2012 to March 31, 2013* each of the Funds listed below paid the following advisory fees:

 

 

 

Advisory Fees Paid

 

Fund

 

2011**

 

2012**

 

For the Period 
from 8/1/2012 to 
9/9/2012

 

For the Period 
from 9/10/2012 
to 3/31/2013

 

Flexible Income Fund

 

$

909,694

 

$

2,106,283

 

$

304,383

 

$

1,128,692

 

International Value Fund

 

$

2,505,959

 

$

1,526,446

 

$

141,519

 

$

613,004

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

$

477,339

 

$

462,017

 

$

44,902

 

$

201,719

 

 

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the periods August 1, 2012 to September 9, 2012 and September 10, 2012 to March 31, 2013* the Advisor waived the following advisory fees or reimbursed the following expenses:

 

 

 

Fee Waivers or Reimbursements

 

Fund

 

2011***

 

2012***

 

For the Period 
from 8/1/2012 to 
9/9/2012

 

For the Period 
from 9/10/2012 to 
3/31/2013

 

Flexible Income Fund

 

$

434,520

 

$

1,026,474

 

$

175,839

 

$

632,429

 

International Value Fund

 

$

393,341

 

$

341,689

 

$

46,265

 

$

293,737

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

$

171,739

 

$

0

 

$

38,662

 

$

98,977

 

 


*Each of the Funds listed above was a part of the Fifth Third Reorganization and commenced operations on September 10, 2012. In connection with the Fifth Third Reorganization, each Fund listed above changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.

**Reflects amounts paid to ClearArc Capital, Inc. by each Fifth Third Predecessor Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement.

***Reflects amounts waived or reimbursed by ClearArc Capital, Inc. pursuant to an expense limitation agreement.

 

THE SUB-ADVISORS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

The Advisor has selected sub-advisors (each a “Sub-Advisor”) to manage all or a portion of a Fund’s assets, as allocated by the Advisor.  The Sub-Advisors make the investment decisions for the Fund’s assets allocated to them; and regularly review, supervise and administer a separate investment program, subject to the supervision of, and policies established by, the Board.

 

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that a Sub-Advisor shall not be protected against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties; or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

 

For their respective services, the Sub-Advisors receive a fee from the Advisor.  As described in the prospectus, each Sub-Advisor receives sub-advisory fees with respect to each Fund that it sub-advises.  Each Sub-Advisor’s base fee with respect to each sub-advised Fund is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets allocated to the Sub-Advisor during the current month.

 

A description of certain information with respect to each sub-advisor is below. In addition, the following charts list the Funds’ portfolio managers, the number of their other managed accounts per investment category, the total assets in each category of managed accounts and their beneficial ownership in their managed Fund(s) at the end of the December 31, 2013 fiscal year.  Listed below the charts is (i) a description of the portfolio managers’ compensation structure as of December 31, 2013, and (ii) a description of any material conflicts that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager’s management of the Fund’s investments and the investments of the other accounts included in the chart and any material conflicts in allocation of investment opportunities between the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager as of December 31, 2013.  Also as of December 31, 2013, for some of the sub-advisors, certain portfolio managers managed accounts subject to both an advisory and a performance fee.

 

Sub-Advisor Control. This section presents each Sub-Advisor’s control person(s).

 

38


 

·                   Apex Capital Management, Inc. (“Apex”) is controlled by Nitin N. Kumbhani.

·                   Barrow Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (“Barrow Hanley”) is a subsidiary of Old Mutual Asset Management (US) LLC, which is a subsidiary of Old Mutual plc.

·                   ClearArc Capital, Inc. (formerly Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc.) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bank. Fifth Third Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Financial Corporation, which is, in turn, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bancorp.

·                   Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern and is therefore an affiliate of Touchstone Advisors and Touchstone Securities.  Ms. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.

·                   Navellier & Associates, Inc. (“Navellier”) is controlled by Louis G. Navellier.

·                   Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital”) is controlled by Frank M. Sands, Sr., Frank M. Sands, Jr., and Marjorie R. Sands.

·                   Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. (“Westfield”) is 100% employee owned.

 

Flexible Income Fund

 

Sub-Advisor:   ClearArc Capital, Inc. (“ClearArc”)

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of 
Accounts

 

Total Number 
of Other 

Accounts 

Managed

 

Total
 Other 
Assets 
(million)

 

Number of Other 
Accounts Managed subject 
to a Performance Based 
Advisory Fee

 

Total Other Assets 
Managed subject to a 
Performance Based 
Advisory Fee (million)

 

Peter Kwiatkowski

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

31

 

$

1,831.41

 

0

 

$

0

 

David L. Withrow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

141

 

$

2,739.00

 

0

 

$

0

 

Mitchell Stapley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

144

 

$

2,758.19

 

0

 

$

0

 

Mirko Mikelic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

12

 

$

181.81

 

0

 

$

0

 

John Cassady

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

54

 

$

771.41

 

0

 

$

0

 

Dan Popowics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

32

 

$

1,693.57

 

0

 

$

0

 

Jason Schwartz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

288.80

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

1

 

$

31.94

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

19

 

$

250.17

 

0

 

$

0

 

 

Compensation.   Because the portfolio managers manage assets for other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles, and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of interest. For instance, ClearArc may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from the Funds, or it may receive a performance-based fee on certain accounts. In those instances, the portfolio managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee accounts over the Funds. ClearArc has adopted trade allocation and other policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address these and other conflicts of interest.  Each ClearArc portfolio manager’s compensation generally consists of a base salary, a cash incentive bonus and certain Fifth Third Bancorp long-term, non-cash incentives. Portfolio managers are also eligible for the standard retirement, health and welfare benefits available to all ClearArc and Fifth Third Bancorp employees. In the case of portfolio managers responsible for managing multiple Funds or other managed accounts, the method used to determine manager compensation is the same for all such Funds and other accounts.

 

39


 

Portfolio manager base salaries are based upon the manager’s experience and level of expertise, taking into account ongoing compensation benchmark analyses performed by ClearArc’s human resource specialists. A portfolio manager’s base salary is generally a fixed amount that may change as a result of periodic performance reviews, upon assumption of new duties, or when a market adjustment of the position is deemed by management to be warranted.

 

A portfolio manager’s bonus is determined by a number of factors. The most important factor is the gross, pre-tax performance over rolling 3-year periods of the managed Funds and other managed accounts versus the applicable benchmarks against which the performance of the relevant asset class or classes are measured. No incentive bonus is earned under this factor unless the manager outperforms such benchmark(s). Another factor makes such comparison over the most recent one-year period and takes other, more subjective, components and factors into account, including but not limited to client involvement and interaction, client retention and the portfolio manager’s compliance record.  The applicable benchmark, which may include modified versions of the index, for the Flexible Income Fund is the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Conflicts of Interest.   From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Fund and the management of other registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts (collectively, the “Managed Accounts”). The Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, track the same indexes the Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund. The Managed Accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.

 

A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of a Fund. The portfolio manager knows the size, timing and possible market impact of the Fund’s trades and could use this information to the advantage of the Managed Accounts and to the possible detriment of the Fund.

 

A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines.  Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and the Managed Accounts, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the Managed Accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and a Managed Account. ClearArc has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund .

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

Peter Kwiatkowski

 

None

David L. Withrow

 

None

Mitchell Stapley

 

$100,001-$500,000

Mirko Mikelic

 

None

John Cassady

 

None

Dan Popowics

 

$50,001-$100,000

Jason Schwartz

 

None

 

Focused Fund

 

Sub-Advisor: Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of 
Accounts

 

Total Number 
of Other 
Accounts 
Managed

 

Total
Other 
Assets 
(million)

 

Number of Other 
Accounts Managed subject 
to a Performance Based 
Advisory Fee

 

Total Other Assets 
Managed subject to a 
Performance Based 

Advisory Fee (million)

 

James Wilhelm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

157.7

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

20

 

$

746.6

 

0

 

$

0

 

 

Compensation.  All of Fort Washington’s portfolio managers receive a fixed base salary and annual performance bonuses.  Bonuses are based primarily on the overall performance of Fort Washington as well as the pre-tax performance (relative to the appropriate benchmark) of their respective asset category over a one-year and a three-year time horizon.  Secondarily, portfolio managers are also assessed on their ability to retain clients and attract new clients.  Additionally, a long-term retention plan was instituted in 2000, whereby certain investment professionals are periodically granted participation units with a 7-year cliff vesting schedule.  The structure includes long-term vesting provisions.  The percentage of compensation allocated to performance bonuses, asset-increase incentives and long-term incentive compensation is determined annually by the firm’s President and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Fort Washington’s parent company also provides all personnel a defined benefit retirement plan, which provides a lifetime annuity upon retirement that is based on a percentage of final average pay and years of service under the plan.

 

40


 

Associates are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan. The 401(k) company match is 50% of the first 4% of earnings saved.

 

Conflicts of Interest.  Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund).  This would include devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad array of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager has a greater financial incentive, such as allocation opportunities. Fort Washington has adopted policies and procedures to address such conflicts.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund.

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

James Wilhelm

 

None

 

Growth Opportunities Fund and Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

Sub-Advisor: Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P.

 

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of 
Accounts

 

Total Number 
of Other 
Accounts 
Managed

 

Total 
Other 
Assets 
(million)

 

Number of Other 
Accounts Managed subject 
to a Performance Based 
Advisory Fee

 

Total Other Assets 
Managed subject to a 
Performance Based 
Advisory Fee (million)

 

William Muggia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

11

 

$

3,126

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other pooled Investment Vehicles

 

7

 

$

278

 

1

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

473

 

$

11,429

 

24

 

$

1,472

 

 

Compensation.   Members of the Investment Committee may be eligible to receive various components of compensation:

 

·     Investment Committee members receive a base salary commensurate with industry standards.  This salary is reviewed annually during the employee’s performance assessment.

·    Investment Committee members also receive a performance based bonus award.  This bonus award is determined and paid in December. The amount awarded is based on the employee’s individual performance attribution and overall contribution to the investment performance of Westfield.  While the current calendar year is a primary focus, a rolling three year attribution summary is also considered when determining the bonus award.

·     Investment Committee members may be eligible to receive equity interests in the future profits of Westfield.  Individual awards are typically determined by a member’s overall performance within the firm, including but not limited to contribution to company strategy, participation in marketing and client service initiatives, as well as longevity at the firm.  The key members of Westfield’s management team who received equity interests in the firm enter into agreements restricting post-employment competition and solicitation of clients and employees of Westfield.  This compensation is in addition to the base salary and performance based bonus.  Equity interest grants typically vest over five years.

·     Investment Committee members may receive a portion of the performance-based fee earned from an account that is managed solely by Mr. Muggia. He has full discretion to grant such awards to any member of the Investment Committee.

 

Conflicts of Interest. The simultaneous management of multiple accounts by Westfield’s investment professionals creates a possible conflict of interest as they must allocate their time and investment ideas across multiple accounts. This may result in the Investment Committee or portfolio manager allocating unequal attention and time to the management of each client account as each has different objectives, benchmarks, investment restrictions and fees. For most client accounts, investment decisions are made at the Investment Committee level. Once an idea has been approved, it is implemented across all eligible and participating accounts within the strategy. Client specific restrictions are monitored by the Compliance team.

 

Although the Investment Committee collectively acts as portfolio manager on most client accounts, there are some client accounts that are managed by a sole portfolio manager who also is a member of the Investment Committee. This can create a conflict of interest because investment decisions for these individually managed accounts do not require approval by the Investment Committee; thus, there is an opportunity for individually managed client accounts to trade in a security ahead of Investment Committee-managed client accounts. Trade orders for individually managed accounts must be communicated to the Investment Committee. Additionally, the Compliance team performs periodic reviews of such accounts to ensure procedures have been followed.

 

Westfield has clients with performance-based fee arrangements. A conflict of interest can arise between those portfolios that incorporate a performance fee and those that do not. When the same securities are recommended for both types of accounts, it is Westfield’s policy to allocate investments, on a pro-rata basis, to all participating and eligible accounts, regardless of the account’s fee structure. Westfield’s Operations team performs periodic reviews of each product’s model portfolio versus each client account, where each position size is compared against the model’s weight. Discrepancies are researched, and any exceptions are documented.

 

41


 

In placing each transaction for a client’s account, Westfield seeks best execution of that transaction except in cases where Westfield does not have the authority to select the broker or dealer, as stipulated by the client. Westfield attempts to bundle directed brokerage accounts with non-directed accounts, and then utilize step-out trades to satisfy the directed arrangements. Clients who do not allow step-out trades will typically go last.

 

Because of Westfield’s interest in receiving third party research services, there may be an incentive for Westfield to select a broker or dealer based on such interest rather than the clients’ interest in receiving most favorable execution. To mitigate the conflict that Westfield may have an incentive beyond best execution to utilize a particular broker, a broker vote is conducted and reviewed on a quarterly basis. This vote provides the opportunity to recognize the unique research efforts of a wide variety of firms, as well as the opportunity to compare aggregate commission dollars with a particular broker to ensure appropriate correlation.

 

Some Westfield clients have elected to retain certain brokerage firms as consultants or to invest their assets through a broker-sponsored wrap program for which Westfield acts as a manager. Several of these firms are on Westfield’s approved broker list. Since Westfield may gain new clients through such relationships, and will interact closely with such firms to service the client, there may be an incentive for Westfield to select a broker or dealer based on such interest rather than the clients’ interest. To help ensure independence in the brokerage selection process, the brokerage selection and evaluation process is managed by Westfield’s Portfolio Strategist, while client relationships are managed by Westfield’s Marketing/Client Service team. Also, Westfield prohibits any member of the Marketing/Client Service team to provide input into brokerage selection. Furthermore, the consultant or wrap program teams at such firms are usually separate and distinct from the brokerage teams.

 

Personal accounts may give rise to conflicts of interest. Westfield’s employees will, from time to time, for their own account, purchase, sell, hold or own securities or other assets which may be recommended for purchase, sale or ownership for one or more clients. Westfield has a Code of Ethics which regulates trading in personal accounts. Personal accounts are reported to Compliance and most personal transactions are pre-approved by Compliance. Compliance also reviews personal trading activity regularly.

 

Westfield serves as manager to the general partners of two limited partnerships, for which Westfield also provides investment advisory services. As such, Westfield has a financial interest in each of the partnerships. Having a financial interest in client accounts can create a conflict between those client accounts in which we have a financial interest and those in which we do not. To help ensure all clients are treated equitably and fairly, Westfield allocates investment opportunities on a pro-rata basis. Compliance also conducts regular reviews of the limited partnership accounts against other client accounts to ensure procedures have been followed.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

William Muggia

 

$100,001- $500,000

 

None

 

 

International Value Fund

 

Sub-Advisor: Barrow Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of Accounts

 

Total Number 
of Other 
Accounts 

Managed

 

Total
Other 
Assets 
(million)

 

Number of Other 
Accounts Managed 
subject to a Performance 
Based Advisory Fee

 

Total Other Assets 
Managed subject to a 
Performance Based 
Advisory Fee (million)

 

David A. Hodges, Jr.(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

11

 

$

3,903

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

2

 

$

157

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

13

 

$

1,600

 

0

 

$

0

 

Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr.(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

11

 

$

3,903

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

2

 

$

175

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

14

 

$

1,611

 

0

 

$

0

 

 


The information in the table above is provided as of March 31, 2013.

(1) Messrs. Hodges and Wrighton are part of a team managing 2 other accounts in the global value strategy.

 

Compensation.   In addition to base salary, all portfolio managers and analysts at Barrow Hanley share in a bonus pool that is distributed semi-annually.  Portfolio managers and analysts are rated on their value added to the team-oriented investment process.  Overall compensation applies with respect to all accounts managed and compensation does not differ with respect to distinct accounts managed by a portfolio manager.  Compensation is not tied to a published or private benchmark.  It is important to understand that contributions to the overall investment process may include not recommending securities in an analyst’s sector if there are no compelling opportunities in the industries covered by that analyst.

 

42


 

The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly tied to fund performance or growth in assets for any fund or other account managed by a portfolio manager and portfolio managers are not compensated for bringing in new business.  Of course, growth in assets from the appreciation of existing assets and/or growth in new assets will increase revenues and profit.  The consistent, long-term growth in assets at any investment firm is to a great extent, dependent upon the success of the portfolio management team.  The compensation of the portfolio management team at Barrow Hanley will increase over time, if and when assets continue to grow through competitive performance.  Lastly, many of our key investment personnel have a long-term incentive compensation plan in the form of an equity interest in Barrow Hanley.

 

Conflicts of Interest. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund).  Barrow Hanley manages potential conflicts between funds or with other types of accounts through allocation policies and procedures, internal review processes and oversight by directors and independent third parties to ensure that no client, regardless of type or fee structure, is intentionally favored at the expense of another. Allocation policies are designed to address potential conflicts in situations where two or more funds or accounts participate in investment decisions involving the same securities.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

 

David A. Hodges, Jr., CFA

 

None

 

Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr., CFA

 

None

 

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

Sub-Advisor: Navellier & Associates, Inc.

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of 
Accounts

 

Total Number 
of Other 
Accounts 
Managed

 

Total 

Other
Assets 
(million)

 

Number of Other Accounts 
Managed subject to a
Performance Based 

Advisory Fee

 

Total Other Assets 
Managed subject to a
 Performance Based 

Advisory Fee (million)

 

Shawn Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

2,303

 

$

1,230

 

8

 

$

6

 

Louis Navellier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

2,544

 

$

2,170

 

46

 

$

20

 

 

Compensation.   Portfolio managers receive a fixed base salary and incentive compensation.  Incentive compensation is based upon the asset growth of the portfolio(s) for which they are responsible.  Incentive compensation is based upon reaching certain asset levels and is measured on a quarterly basis.  Incentive compensation is paid as a percentage of the management fees received from those portfolios for which the portfolio manager is directly responsible.  Portfolio managers are eligible to participate in Navellier’s stock ownership program.  Stock is granted to key employees dependent upon various measures such as asset growth and performance.

 

Conflicts of Interest.   Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund), such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager has a greater financial incentive, such as a pooled investment vehicle or other account with a performance based fee.  Navellier manages separate managed accounts that conform to the same investment model as the Fund; however a portfolio manager is not compensated differently on other account types. Additionally, the portfolio manager issues orders to buy and sell securities to Navellier’s Trading Department and does not give specific instructions as to whether a particular account should receive priority in the trading process.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund .

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

 

Louis Navellier

 

$500,001-$1,000,000

 

Shawn Price

 

$100,001-$500,000

 

 

43


 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

Sub-Advisor: Sands Capital Management, LLC

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of 
Accounts

 

Total
Number of
Other 
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Other
Assets
(million)

 

Number of
Other Accounts
Managed subject
to a Performance
Based Advisory Fee

 

Total Other Assets
Managed subject
to a Performance
Based Advisory
Fee (million)

 

Brian A. Christiansen, CFA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

1

 

$

1

 

0

 

$

0

 

Ashraf A. Haque

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

$

0

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

1

 

$

1

 

0

 

$

0

 

Neil Kansari

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

$

0

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

1

 

$

1

 

0

 

$

0

 

 

Compensation.   Investment professionals benefit from a salary competitive in the industry, an annual qualitative bonus based on subjective review of the employees’ overall contribution, and a standard profit sharing plan and 401(k) plan.  Additional incentives include equity participation.  The investment professionals also participate in an investment results bonus.  The investment results bonus is calculated from the pre-tax performance variance of the Sands Capital composite returns and their respective benchmarks over 1, 3, and 5 year periods, weighted towards the 3 and 5 year results.

 

Conflicts of interest.   As an investment advisor to a variety of clients, Sands Capital recognizes there may be actual or potential conflicts of interest inherent in its business.  For example, conflicts of interest could result from a portfolio manager’s management of multiple accounts for multiple clients, the execution and allocation of investment opportunities, the use of brokerage commission to obtain research, and personal trading by firm employees.  Sands Capital has addressed these conflicts by developing policies and procedures it believes are reasonably designed to treat all clients in a fair and equitable manner over time. Sands Capital’s policies and procedures address such issues as execution of portfolio transactions, aggregation and allocation of trades, directed brokerage, and the use of brokerage commissions. Additionally, Sands Capital maintains a Code of Ethics that addresses rules on personal trading and insider information.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund .

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

 

Brian A. Christiansen

 

None*

 

Ashraf A. Haque

 

None*

 

Neil Kansari

 

None*

 

 


* At the time the Fund commenced operations on April 24, 2014 the portfolio manager did not own any shares in the Fund.

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Sub-Advisor: Apex Capital Management, Inc.

 

Portfolio Manager/ Types of 
Accounts

 

Total 
Number of 
Accounts 
Managed

 

Total 
Other 
Assets 
(million)

 

Number of Other Accounts 

Managed subject to a 

Performance Based Advisory 
Fee

 

Total Asset Managed 
subject to a 
Performance Based 
Advisory Fee (million)

 

Nitin N. Kumbhani

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

1

 

$

3

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

Other Accounts

 

1135

 

$

1,996

 

0

 

$

0

 

 

Compensation. The portfolio manager receives a fixed base salary and a bonus, plus a percentage share of the annual profits of the sub-advisor based on ownership of the sub-advisor.  The bonus compensation is based in part on the pre-tax performance over the past 12 months as compared to the Fund’s benchmark (currently the Russell 2000® Growth Index).  The remainder of the bonus compensation is based on the portfolio manager’s individual and collaborative research efforts, contribution to the sub-advisor’s investment committee, the performance of the portfolio manager’s ideas presented, the sub-advisor’s pre-tax profits and pre-tax  

 

44


 

product performance versus their benchmarks.  As such, performance and asset levels of the Fund will directly affect the profits of the sub-advisor; however, the portfolio manager’s compensation is not directly based upon the asset levels of the Fund.

 

Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  A potential conflict of interest may arise where another account has the same investment objective as the Fund, whereby the Portfolio Manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the Portfolio Manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby the Portfolio Manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, the Sub-Advisor has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

 

Ownership of Shares of the Fund .

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership

 

Nitin N. Kumbhani

 

None*

 

 

THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

The Advisor entered into an Administration Agreement with the Trust, whereby the Advisor is responsible for: supplying executive and regulatory compliance services; supervising the preparation of tax returns; coordinating the preparation of reports to shareholders and reports to, and filings with, the SEC and state securities authorities, as well as materials for meetings of the Board; calculating the daily net asset value per share; and maintaining the financial books and records of each Fund. For its services, the Advisor receives an annual fee of 0.20% on the first $6 billion of the aggregate average daily net assets of the Touchstone Fund Complex (excluding Touchstone Institutional Money Market Fund, Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, and Touchstone Variable Series Trust); 0.16% of the next $4 billion of aggregate average daily net assets; and 0.12% of the aggregate average daily net assets of all such assets in excess of $10 billion. The fee is allocated among the Touchstone Fund Complex (excluding Touchstone Institutional Money Market Fund, Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust, and Touchstone Variable Series Trust) on the basis of relative daily net assets.

 

The Advisor has engaged BNY Mellon as the sub-administrator to the Trust. BNY Mellon provides administrator and accounting services to the Trust and is compensated directly by the Advisor, not the Trust.  (See “Transfer and Sub-Administrative Agent” in this SAI).

 

The following shows administration fees incurred by the Funds listed below for the three most recent fiscal years ended March 31.

 

Fund

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Focused Fund*

 

$

946,916

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

$

301,092

 

$

316,755

 

$

206,905

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

$

1,523,726

 

$

1,437,625

 

$

1,488,381

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

$

1,103,737

 

$

1,428,522

 

$

1,622,267

 

 


*The Old Mutual Predecessor Fund did not pay a separate administration fee for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. The administration fee paid to the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund’s administrator was included in the advisory fee for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.

^The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

The following shows administration fees incurred by the Funds listed below and the amounts of those fees that were waived by the Fifth Third Predecessor Funds’ administrator for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2012 and July 31, 2011 and for the periods of August 1, 2012 to September 9, 2012 and September 10, 2012 to March 31, 2013.

 

Administrative Fees

 

For the Period 
of 9/10/2012 to 
3/31/13*

 

For the Period 
of 8/1/2012 to 
9/9/12*

 

For the Year 
Ended 
7/31/12***

 

For the Year 
Ended 
7/31/11**

 

Flexible Income Fund

 

$

281,457

 

$

53,379

 

$

368,475

 

$

237,046

 

International Value Fund

 

$

106,634

 

$

24,817

 

$

265,928

 

$

389,147

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

$

35,235

 

$

7,874

 

$

80,508

 

$

83,018

 

 


*Each of the Funds listed above was a part of the Fifth Third Reorganization and commenced operations on September 10, 2012. In connection with the Fifth Third Reorganization, each Fund listed above changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.

**Includes amounts paid by the Fifth Third Predecessor Funds to the Predecessor Funds’ Administrator, ClearArc Capital, Inc. and amounts waived by ClearArc Capital, Inc.

 

45


 

***Reflects amounts paid by the Fifth Third Predecessor Funds to the Fifth Third Predecessor Funds’ administrator, ClearArc Capital, Inc. and amounts it waived.

 

THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

Touchstone Securities, Inc. (“Touchstone Securities” or the “Distributor”), and the Trust are parties to a distribution agreement (“Distribution Agreement”) with respect to the Funds.  The Distributor’s principal place of business is 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202.  The Distributor is affiliated with the Advisor by means of common control. The Distributor is the principal underwriter of the Funds and is a registered broker-dealer.  The Distributor is obligated to sell the shares on a best efforts basis only against purchase orders for the shares.  Shares of each Fund are offered to the public on a continuous basis.  The Distributor currently allows concessions to dealers who sell shares of the Funds.  The Distributor retains that portion of the sales charge that is not re-allowed to dealers who sell shares of a Fund.  The Distributor retains the entire sales charge on all direct initial investments in a Fund and on all investments in accounts with no designated dealer of record.

 

The table below sets forth, for the three most recent fiscal year ends, the aggregate underwriting commissions on sales of the Funds, including the amounts the Distributor paid to unaffiliated broker-dealers, the amounts the Distributor earned as a broker-dealer in the selling network, and the amounts of underwriting commissions retained by the Distributor.

 

 

 

Aggregate Underwriting Commissions on Sales

 

Amount 
Distributed to 
Unaffiliated 
Broker-Dealers in 
Selling Network

 

Amount 
Earned as a 
Broker-Dealer 
in Selling 
Network

 

Amount Retained in 
Underwriting 
Commissions

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2012

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2011

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Flexible Income Fund*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

220,757

 

$

185,674

 

$

945

 

$

34,138

 

2012

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2011

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Focused Fund**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

7,520

 

$

6,461

 

$

50

 

$

1,009

 

2012

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2011

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

17,911

 

$

11,725

 

$

3,479

 

$

2,707

 

2012

 

$

21,407

 

$

6,017

 

$

12,320

 

$

3,070

 

2011

 

$

85,405

 

$

65,881

 

$

9,355

 

$

10,169

 

International Value Fund*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

1,937

 

$

1,529

 

$

169

 

$

239

 

2012

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2011

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

173,759

 

$

132,671

 

$

14,217

 

$

26,871

 

2012

 

$

229,844

 

$

177,834

 

$

19,068

 

$

32,942

 

2011

 

$

358,243

 

$

300,919

 

$

14,670

 

$

42,654

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

108,062

 

$

59,925

 

$

33,030

 

$

15,107

 

2012

 

$

247,220

 

$

156,614

 

$

55,827

 

$

34,779

 

2011

 

$

377,438

 

$

268,135

 

$

64,364

 

$

44,939

 

Small Cap Growth Fund*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

7,849

 

$

5,569

 

$

988

 

$

1,292

 

2012

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

2011

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


*The Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.  The amounts shown are for the eight month period ended March 31, 2013, the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011. All payments made prior to September 10, 2012 were made by Fifth Third Predecessor Funds’ distributor, formerly Fifth Third Funds Distributor, Inc.

** All payments prior to December 9, 2011 were made by the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund.

^ The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

46


 

The Distributor retains the contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions of shares of the Funds that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge.  The following table shows the amounts retained from sales loads and contingent deferred sales charges for the three most recent fiscal years ended March 31.

 

 

 

Amount Retained on CDSC of Class C Shares

 

Fund

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Flexible Income Fund*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

$

2,729

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Focused Fund**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

               

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

$

33

 

$

1,279

 

$

102

 

International Value Fund*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B

 

$

2,325

 

$

9,728

 

$

19,867

 

Class C

 

$

3,159

 

$

2,567

 

$

3,784

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B

 

$

2,922

 

$

5,469

 

$

12,580

 

Class C

 

$

2,834

 

$

5,265

 

$

8,043

 

Small Cap Growth Fund*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class C

 

$

336

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

 


*The Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.  The amounts shown are for the eight month period ended March 31, 2013, the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011. All payments made prior to September 10, 2012 were made by Fifth Third Predecessor Funds’ distributor, formerly Fifth Third Funds Distributor, Inc.

**All payments prior to December 9, 2011 were made by the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund

 

Ms. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Distributor because she is a Director of the Distributor and an officer of affiliates of the Distributor.  Ms. McGruder, by reason of such affiliation, may directly or indirectly be deemed to receive benefits from the underwriting fees paid to the Distributor.

 

The Distribution Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of two years after the effective date of the agreement and is renewable annually.  The Distribution Agreement may be terminated by the Distributor, by a majority vote of the Trustees who are not interested persons and have no financial interest in the Distribution Agreement, or by a majority vote of the outstanding securities of the Trust upon not more than 60-day written notice by either party or upon assignment by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor may pay from its own resources cash bonuses or other incentives to selected dealers in connection with the sale of shares of the Funds.  On some occasions, such bonuses or incentives may be conditioned upon the sale of a specified minimum dollar amount of the shares of the Funds or other funds in the Touchstone Fund complex during a specific period of time.  Such bonuses or incentives may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for their employees, seminars for the public, advertising, sales campaigns, and other dealer-sponsored programs or events.  The Advisor, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, and administrative or shareholder servicing activities.  The Advisor may also reimburse the Distributor for making these payments.

 

The Distributor, at its expense, may provide additional compensation to financial intermediaries who sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Touchstone Funds.  Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

 

The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to its guidelines and applicable law.  These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship.

 

47

 


 

As of March 31, 2014, the Distributor anticipates that the following broker-dealers or their affiliates will receive additional payments as described in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI:

 

Name of Broker-Dealer

 

American Enterprise Investment Services, Inc.

Fifth Third Securities Inc.

First Clearing, LLC/Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

Lincoln Investment Planning, Inc.

LPL Financial Services

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith, Inc.

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management

Pershing LLC

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

UBS Financial Services, Inc.

Vanguard Brokerage Services, Inc.

 

The Distributor is motivated to make payments to the broker-dealers described above because they promote the sale of Fund shares and the retention of those investments by clients of financial advisors.  To the extent financial advisors sell more shares of the Funds or retain shares of the Funds in their clients’ accounts, the Advisor benefits from the incremental management and other fees paid to the Advisor by the Funds with respect to those assets.

 

Your financial advisor may charge you additional fees or commissions other than those disclosed in this SAI.  You can ask your financial advisor about any payments it receives from the Distributor or the Funds, as well as about fees or commissions it charges.  You should consult disclosures made by your financial advisor at the time of purchase.

 

The Funds may compensate dealers, including the Distributor and its affiliates, based on the average balance of all accounts in the Funds for which the dealer is designated as the party responsible for the account.

 

DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

 

Certain Funds have adopted a distribution or shareholder servicing plan for certain classes of shares which permits a Fund to pay for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of its shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and account maintenance and other shareholder services in connection with maintaining such account.  The Distributor may provide those services itself or enter into arrangements under which third-parties provide such services and are compensated by the Distributor.

 

Class A Shares.   With respect to its Class A shares, each Fund has adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the “Class A Plan”) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for distribution payments.  Of the total compensation authorized, the Fund may pay for shareholder services in an amount up to 0.25%.

 

Class B Shares.  With respect to its Class B shares, the Mid Cap Growth Fund and Large Cap Growth Fund have adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the “Class B Plan”) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, one hundred basis points (1.00%) in the aggregate, with twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for shareholder service fees and seventy-five basis points (0.75%) for distribution payments.

 

Class C Shares.   With respect to its Class C shares, each Fund has adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the “Class C Plan” and with the Class A Plan and Class B Plan, the “Plans”) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, one hundred basis points (1.00%) in the aggregate, with twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for shareholder service fees and seventy-five basis points (0.75%) for distribution payments.

 

General Information.   In connection with the distribution of shares, the Distributor may use the payments for: (i) compensation for its services in distribution assistance; or (ii) payments to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, investment counselors, broker-dealers, mutual fund supermarkets, and the Distributor’s affiliates and subsidiaries as compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance.

 

In addition, the Distributor may use payments to provide or enter into written agreements with service providers who will provide shareholder services, including: (i) maintaining accounts relating to shareholders that invest in shares; (ii) arranging for bank wires; (iii) responding to client inquiries relating to the services performed by the Distributor or service providers; (iv) responding to inquiries from shareholders concerning their investment in shares; (v) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (vi) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their position in shares; (vii) forwarding

 

48


 

shareholder communications from the Funds such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual reports, dividend distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (viii) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing orders with the Funds or the service providers; (ix) processing dividend payments from the Funds on behalf of shareholders; and (x) providing such other similar services as the Fund may reasonably request.

 

Agreements implementing the Plans (the “Implementation Agreements”), including agreements with dealers wherein such dealers agree for a fee to act as agents for the sale of the Funds’ shares, are in writing.  All payments made pursuant to the Plans are made in accordance with written Implementation Agreements.  Some financial intermediaries charge fees in excess of the amounts available under the Plans, in which case the Advisor pays the additional fees.

 

The continuance of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements must be specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the Board of Trustees, and by a vote of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans or any Implementation Agreement at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance.  A Plan may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund or the applicable class of a Fund.  In the event a Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the affected Fund (or class) will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred by the Distributor after the termination date.  Each Implementation Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment and may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund (or the applicable class) on not more than 60 days’ written notice to any other party to the Implementation Agreement.  The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution without shareholder approval.  All material amendments to the Plans must be approved by a vote of the Trust’s Board of Trustees and by a vote of the Independent Trustees.

 

In approving the Plans, the Trustees determined, in the exercise of their business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties as Trustees, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their shareholders.  The Board of Trustees believes that expenditure of the Funds’ assets for distribution expenses under the Plans should assist in the growth of the Funds, which will benefit each Fund and its shareholders through increased economies of scale, greater investment flexibility, greater portfolio diversification, and less chance of disruption of planned investment strategies.  The Plans will be renewed only if the Trustees make a similar determination for each subsequent year of the Plans.  There can be no assurance that the benefits anticipated from the expenditure of the Funds’ assets for distribution will be realized.  While the Plans are in effect, all amounts spent by the Funds pursuant to the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made must be reported quarterly to the Board of Trustees for its review.  Distribution expenses attributable to the sale of more than one class of shares of a Fund will be allocated at least annually to each class of shares based upon the ratio in which the sales of each class of shares bears to the sales of all the shares of the Fund.  In addition, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust are committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees during such period.

 

Jill T. McGruder, as an interested person of the Trust, may be deemed to have a financial interest in the operation of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements.

 

The Funds paid the following in Distribution and Shareholder Servicing fees for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013:

 

Fund 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class C

 

Flexible Income Fund*

 

$

86,309

 

N/A

 

$

167,313

 

Focused Fund

 

$

16,730

 

N/A

 

$

58

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

$

162,150

 

N/A

 

$

89,837

 

International Value Fund*

 

$

11,760

 

N/A

 

$

1,284

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

$

661,046

 

$

28,955

 

$

1,111,353

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

$

734,525

 

$

22,353

 

$

1,424,578

 

Small Cap Growth Fund*

 

$

24,864

 

N/A

 

$

24,782

 

 


*The Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.  The amounts shown are for the eight month period ended March 31, 2013, the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011. All payments made prior to September 10, 2012 were made by Fifth Third Predecessor Funds’ distributor, formerly Fifth Third Funds Distributor, Inc.

 

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

 

Decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and the placing of the Funds’ securities transactions and negotiation of commission rates where applicable are made by the sub-advisors and are subject to review by the Advisor and the Board of Trustees.  In the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, the sub-advisor’s primary objective will be to obtain the most favorable price and execution for a Fund, taking into account such factors as the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength

 

49


 

and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future.

 

Each sub-advisor is specifically authorized to pay a broker who provides research services to the sub-advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the sub-advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the sub-advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonably significant benefit from such research services.

 

Research services include securities and economic analyses, reports on issuers’ financial conditions and future business prospects, newsletters and opinions relating to interest trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for the Funds and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities.  Although this information is useful to the Funds and the sub-advisors, it is not possible to place a dollar value on it.  Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the sub-advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the sub-advisor in connection with a Fund.

 

The Funds have no obligation to deal with any broker or dealer in the execution of securities transactions.  However, the Funds may effect securities transactions that are executed on a national securities exchange or transactions in the over-the-counter market conducted on an agency basis.  A Fund will not effect any brokerage transactions in its portfolio securities with an affiliated broker if such transactions would be unfair or unreasonable to its shareholders.  Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers.  Although the Funds do not anticipate any ongoing arrangements with other brokerage firms, brokerage business may be transacted with other firms.  Affiliated broker-dealers of the Trust will not receive reciprocal brokerage business as a result of the brokerage business transacted by the Funds with other brokers.  The Funds may direct transactions to certain brokers in order to reduce brokerage commissions through a commission recapture program offered by Frank Russell Securities, Inc.

 

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for a Fund as well as for one or more of the respective sub-advisor’s other clients.  Investment decisions for a Fund and for the sub-advisor’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives.  It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients.  Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling that same security.  Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client.  When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each.  It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as a Fund is concerned.  However, it is believed that the ability of a Fund to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Fund.

 

The Funds paid the following in aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions for the past three fiscal years ended March 31.

 

 

 

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions

 

Fund

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Flexible Income Fund*

 

$

82,684

 

$

107,827

 

$

91,465

 

Focused Fund**

 

$

1,503,061

 

$

828,029

 

$

1,081,063

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

$

221,324

 

$

575,661

 

$

367,632

 

International Value Fund*

 

$

152,425

 

$

528,907

 

$

930,042

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

$

642,938

 

$

453,541

 

$

543,424

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund***

 

$

704,276

 

$

1,224,205

 

$

2,071,031

 

Small Cap Growth Fund*

 

$

85,342

 

$

202,936

 

$

282,039

 

 


*The Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.  The amounts shown are for the eight month period ended March 31, 2013, the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011. All payments made prior to September 10, 2012 were made by Fifth Third Predecessor Funds.

**All payments made prior to December 9, 2011 were made by the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund.

*** Differences in year to year aggregate brokerage commission costs are attributable to changes in fund asset levels.

^ The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions for the Funds directed to brokers due to research services provided were as follows:

 

50


 

Fund

 

Amount of Transactions to Brokers Providing Research

 

Related 
Commission

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Flexible Income Fund*

 

$

57,247,272

 

$

70,709

 

Focused Fund

 

$

1,500,073

 

$

243,268

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

$

195,235,423

 

$

177,052

 

International Value Fund*

 

$

4,803,057

 

$

3,971

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

$

49,893,303

 

$

48,959

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

$

690,983,807

 

$

609,458

 

Small Cap Growth Fund*

 

$

40,227,908

 

$

141,498

 

 


*The Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.  The amounts shown are for the eight month period ended March 31, 2013.  All payments made prior to September 10, 2012 were made by Fifth Third Predecessor Funds.

^ The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

The total amount of securities of regular broker-dealers held by each Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 was as follows:

 

Fund

 

Broker Dealer

 

Aggregate Value

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Flexible Income Fund*

 

None

 

 

Focused Fund

 

Bank of America

 

$

31,502,621

 

 

 

Bank of New York Mellon

 

$

32,890,069

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Citigroup

 

$

3,383,475

 

International Value Fund*

 

None

 

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

None

 

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

None

 

 

Small Cap Growth Fund*

 

None

 

 

 


*The Fund changed its fiscal year end from July 31 to March 31.  The amounts shown are for the eight month period ended March 31, 2013.  All payments made prior to September 10, 2012 were made by Predecessor Funds.

^ The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 24, 2014.

 

PROXY VOTING

 

The Funds have adopted the sub-advisors’ policies and procedures for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds, including procedures used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of a Fund’s shareholders and those of the sub-advisor or its affiliates.  A copy of each sub-advisor’s proxy voting policies is included in Appendix B.  Information about how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent year ending June 30 is available by August 31 st  of that year without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-543-0407 and on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov. Each Fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on the Touchstone website at www.touchstoneinvestments.com.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Trust, the Advisor, the sub-advisors, and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits their personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts and may permit personnel to invest in securities that may be purchased by a Fund.  The Code of Ethics adopted by each of the Trust, the Advisor, the sub-advisors, and the Distributor is on public file with, and is available from, the SEC.

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

A Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year.  High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by the Fund.  High turnover may result in a Fund recognizing greater amounts of income and capital gains, which would increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders and increase the amount of commissions paid by the fund.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period.  The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions, and will not be a limiting factor when the sub-advisor believes that portfolio changes are appropriate.  A Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goals and, as a result, may have substantial portfolio turnover.

 

During the two most recent fiscal years ended March 31, the portfolio turnover rate for the Funds listed below was as follows:

 

51


 

 

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

Fund

 

2013

 

2012

 

Focused Fund

 

189

%

99

%*

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

95

%

204

%**

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

109

%

91

%

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

70

%

64

%

Emerging Markets Growth Fund^

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


*The portfolio turnover rate reflected was the Old Mutual Predecessor Fund’s portfolio turnover rates.

** The higher portfolio turnover rate in 2012 was the result of the reorganization of the Fifth Third Mid Cap Growth Fund into the Growth Opportunities Fund.

^ The Emerging Markets Growth Fund did not commence operations until April 23, 2014.

 

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012 and for the period August 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013, the portfolio turnover rate for the Funds listed below was as follows:

 

 

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

Fund

 

For the Period August 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013

 

2012*

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

45

% **

48

%

International Value Fund

 

133

%

121

%

Flexible Income Fund

 

41

%

47

%

 


*The portfolio turnover rates reflected were the Fifth Third Predecessor Funds’ portfolio turnover rates.

**Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing a redemption in kind.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Touchstone Funds have adopted policies and procedures for disclosing the Funds’ portfolio holdings to any person requesting this information. These policies and procedures are monitored by the Board through periodic reporting by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer will report any material violations immediately to the Board of Trustees and will report any immaterial violations to the Board at the next quarterly meeting. No compensation will be received by a Fund, the Advisor, any sub-advisor, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of information about portfolio securities.

 

The procedures prohibit the disclosure of portfolio holdings except under the following conditions:

 

1) A request made by a sub-advisor for a Fund (or that portion of a Fund) that it manages.

 

2) A request by executive officers of the Advisor for routine oversight and management purposes.

 

3) For use in preparing and distributing routine shareholder reports, including disclosure to the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, typesetter and printer. Routine shareholder reports are filed with the SEC within 60 days after the quarter end of each calendar quarter, and routine shareholder reports are distributed to shareholders within 60 days after the applicable six-month semi-annual period. The Funds provide their full holdings to their independent registered public accounting firm annually, as of the end of their fiscal year, within 1 to 10 business days after fiscal year end. The Funds provide their full holdings to their typesetter at least 50 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The Funds provide their full holdings to their printer at least 50 days after the applicable six-month semi-annual period.

 

4) A request by service providers to fulfill their contractual duties relating to the Fund, subject to approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

5) A request by a newly hired sub-advisor or sub-advisor candidate prior to the commencement of its duties to facilitate its transition as a new sub-advisor, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.

 

6) A request by a potential merger candidate for the purpose of conducting due diligence, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.

 

7) A request by a rating or ranking agency, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.

 

8) The Chief Compliance Officer may authorize disclosing non-public portfolio holdings to third parties more frequently or at different periods than as described above prior to when such information is made public, provided that certain conditions are met.  The third-party must (i) specifically request in writing the more current non-public portfolio holdings, providing a reasonable basis for the request; (ii) execute an agreement to keep such information confidential, to only use the information for the authorized purpose, and not to use the information for their personal benefit; (iii) agree not to trade on such

 

52


 

information, either directly or indirectly; and (iv) unless specifically approved by the Chief Compliance Officer in writing for good reason, the non-public portfolio holdings are subject to a ten day time delay before dissemination.  Any non-public portfolio holdings that are disclosed will not include any material information about a Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions.

 

Other portfolio holdings disclosure policies of the Funds include:

 

·                   The Funds (except the Emerging Markets Growth Fund) provide their top ten holdings on their publicly available website and to market data agencies monthly, as of the end of a calendar month, at least seven business days after month end.

·                   The Funds (except the Emerging Markets Growth Fund) provide their full holdings on their publicly available website, and to market data agencies, their typesetter and printer, quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least 15 days after quarter end.

·                   The Emerging Markets Growth Fund provides its full holdings on its publicly available website and to market data agencies monthly, as of the end of a month, at least sixty days after month-end.

·                   The Emerging Markets Growth Fund provides its top five holdings on its publicly available website and to market data agencies quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least seven business days after quarter end.

·                   The Emerging Markets Growth Fund provides its full holdings to its typesetter and printer quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least fifteen days after quarter end.

 

 You may access the public website at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.

 

As of July 1, 2013, one or more Touchstone Funds may currently disclose portfolio holdings information based on ongoing arrangements to the following parties: Bloomberg, LP, CMS Bondedge and Morningstar, Inc.

 

Employees of the Advisor and the Funds’ sub-advisors that are access persons under the Funds’ Code of Ethics have access to Fund holdings on a regular basis, but are subject to confidentiality requirements and trading prohibitions in the Code of Ethics. In addition, custodians of the Funds’ assets and the Funds’ accounting services agent, each of whose agreements contains a confidentiality provision (which includes a duty not to trade on non-public information), have access to the current Fund holdings on a daily basis.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is authorized to determine whether disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Any conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Advisor, the Distributor, or any affiliates, will be reported to the Board, which will make a determination that is in the best interests of shareholders.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The securities of each Fund are valued under the direction of the Administrator and under the general supervision of the Trustees.  The Administrator or its delegates may use independent pricing services to obtain valuations of securities.  The pricing services rely primarily on prices of actual market transactions as well as on trade quotations obtained from third parties.  Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices.  If market prices are unavailable or believed to be unreliable, the Sub-Administrator will initiate a process by which the Trust’s Fair Value Committee will make a good faith determination as to the “fair value” of the security using procedures approved by the Trustees.  The pricing services may use a matrix system to determine valuations of fixed income securities when market prices are not readily available.  This system considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations.  The procedures used by any such pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the officers of the Trust under the general supervision of the Trustees.

 

Some Funds may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges.  Under certain circumstance these investments may be valued under the Fund’s fair value policies and procedures, such as when U.S. exchanges are open but the foreign exchange is closed.

 

Securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less will be valued by the amortized cost method, which involves valuing a security at its cost on the date of purchase and thereafter (absent unusual circumstances) assuming a constant amortization of maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuations in general market rates of interest on the value of the instrument.  While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by this method, is higher or lower than the price a Fund would receive if it sold the instrument.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Funds and shares of each Fund.  Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that Fund with each other share.  Upon liquidation, shares are entitled to a pro rata share in the net assets of the Fund, after taking into account additional distribution and shareholder servicing expenses attributable to

 

53


 

the Class.  Shareholders have no preemptive rights.  The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees of the Trust may create additional series of shares or separate classes of funds.  All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any portfolio or separate class and all assets in which such consideration is invested would belong to that portfolio or separate class and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto.  Share certificates representing shares will not be issued.

 

The Trust is an entity of the type commonly known as a Massachusetts business trust.  The Trust’s Declaration of Trust states that neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any shareholder, nor, except as specifically provided therein, to call upon any shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay.

 

The Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee shall be liable only for his or her own willful defaults and, if reasonable care has been exercised in the selection of officers, agents, employees or investment advisors, shall not be liable for any neglect or wrongdoing of any such person.  The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with actual or threatened litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust unless it is determined in the manner provided in the Declaration of Trust that they have not acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interests of the Trust.  However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect or indemnify a Trustee against any liability for his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties.

 

Each whole share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote.  Shares issued by each Fund have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights.  Voting rights are not cumulative.  Each Fund, as a separate series of the Trust, votes separately on matters affecting only that Fund.  Shareholders of each Class of each Fund will vote separately on matters pertaining solely to that Fund or that Class.  The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders, but approval will be sought for certain changes in the operation of the Trust and for the election of Trustees under certain circumstances.

 

In addition, a Trustee may be removed by a written instruments signed by either two thirds of the remaining Trustees or by shareholders collectively owning at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

 

CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES

 

Each Fund offers the following classes of shares.

 

 

 

Class A

 

Class B*

 

Class C

 

Class Y**

 

Institutional

 

Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

Flexible Income Fund

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

Focused Fund

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

     X***

 

X

 

International Value Fund

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

Growth Opportunities Fund

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

X

 

 

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

 


*The Class B shares were closed to all purchases on February 2, 2009.

**Prior to November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were named “Class I” shares.

***Prior to April 10, 2012, Class Y Shares were named “Class Z” shares.

 

The Funds participate in fund “supermarket” arrangements.  In such an arrangement, a program is made available by a broker or other institution (a sponsor) that allows investors to purchase and redeem shares of the Funds through the sponsor of the fund supermarket.  In connection with these supermarket arrangements, each Fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders.  In turn, the brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Funds’ behalf.  As such, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, accepts the order.  The customer order will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after acceptance by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee. In addition, a broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares.  Also in connection with fund supermarket arrangements, the performance of a participating Fund may be compared in publications to the performance of various indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available and compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services.  The Trust’s annual report contains additional performance information and will be made available to investors upon request and without charge.

 

Class A shares. For initial purchases of Class A shares of $1 million or more and subsequent purchases further increasing the size of the account, participating dealers may receive compensation of up to 1.00% of such purchases from the Distributor according to the following schedule:

 

54


 

Amount of Investment

 

Dealer Fee

 

$1 million but less than $3 million

 

1.00

%

$3 million but less than $5 million

 

0.75

%

$5 million but less than $25 million

 

0.50

%

$25 million or more

 

0.25

%

 

The Distributor does not have an annual reset for Dealer Fees.  In determining a dealer’s eligibility for a Dealer Fee, purchases of Class A shares of an individual shareholder account in a Touchstone Fund may be aggregated with concurrent purchases of Class A shares of other Touchstone Funds for that individual shareholder. If a commission was paid to a participating affiliated or unaffiliated dealer and the Class A shares are redeemed within a year of their purchase, a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of up to 1.00% will be charged on the redemption. Dealers should contact the Distributor for more information on the calculation of the dealer’s commission in the case of combined purchases.

 

A dealer is eligible for a Dealer Fee only if the dealer has not previously received a Dealer Fee on the assets used to meet the amount of investment requirement. Similarly, an exchange from any other Touchstone Fund will not qualify for a Dealer Fee unless the dealer did not receive any compensation on those assets at the time of the initial investment. In all cases the Distributor reserves the right to deny payment of a Dealer Fee if it reasonably believes such a fee has already been paid on those assets.

 

Class B Shares Effective February 2, 2009, Class B shares are no longer offered for purchase.  Class B shares are subject to a CDSC if you redeem Class B shares within 6 years of their purchase. The CDSC will be a percentage of the dollar amount of shares redeemed and will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class B shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class B shares being redeemed.  A CDSC will not be imposed upon redemptions of Class B shares held for at least six years. The amount of sales charge will depend on how long you have held your shares, as set forth in the following table:

 

Year Since Purchase Payment Made

 

CDSC as a % of Amount Subject to Charge

 

First

 

5.00

%

Second

 

4.00

%

Third

 

3.00

%

Fourth

 

2.00

%

Fifth

 

1.00

%

Sixth

 

1.00

%

Seventh and Thereafter*

 

None

 

 


*Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares after they have been held for approximately 8 years.

 

Class B shares are subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 1.00% of a Fund’s average daily net assets allocable to Class B shares.

 

Share Class Conversions. Class A and Class C shareholders who are eligible to invest in Class Y or Institutional Class shares are eligible to exchange their Class A shares and/or Class C shares for Class Y or Institutional Class shares of the same fund, if offered in their state and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution.  Class A, Class C, and Class Y shareholders who are eligible to invest in Institutional Class shares are eligible to exchange their Class A, Class C, and/or Class Y shares for Institutional Class shares of the same fund, if offered in their state, they meet the initial investment minimum for Institutional Class shares, and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution. Class Y shares may be available through financial institutions that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone Securities, or through “processing organizations” (e.g., mutual fund supermarkets) that purchase shares for their customers.  No front end sales charges will apply to any such exchange, however, if the C share assets have been held less than 12 months and a 1% commission was paid to the broker at the time of purchase, a 1% CDSC will be assessed on the exchange transaction, which may be processed as a liquidation and a purchase. For federal income tax purposes, exchanges of one share class for a different share class of the same fund (even if processed as a liquidation and a purchase) should not result in the realization by the investor of a capital gain or loss.  There can be no assurance of any particular tax treatment, however, and you are urged and advised to consult with your own tax advisor before entering into a share class exchange.

 

If the share class conversion(s) mentioned above is being initiated by a financial institution, processing organization or intermediary as it relates to Touchstone Fund availability on a particular platform, Touchstone Securities should be contacted at least 60 days in advance by the financial institution, intermediary or processing organization to request approval for the share class conversion.

 

Additional Information on the CDSC. The CDSC is waived under the following circumstances:

 

·                   Any partial or complete redemption following death or disability (as defined in the IRC) of a shareholder (including one who owns the shares with his or her spouse as a joint tenant with rights of survivorship) from an account in which the deceased or

 

55


 

disabled is named.  The Distributor may require documentation prior to waiver of the charge, including death certificates, physicians’ certificates, etc.

·                   Redemptions from a systematic withdrawal plan.  If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed dollar amount or number of shares, systematic withdrawal redemptions are limited to no more than 10% of your account value or number of shares per year, as of the date the transfer agent receives your request.  If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed percentage of your account value, each redemption is limited to an amount that would not exceed 10% of your annual account value at the time of withdrawal.

·                   Redemptions from retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the IRC.  The CDSC will be waived for benefit payments made by Touchstone Securities directly to plan participants.  Benefit payments will include, but are not limited to, payments resulting from death, disability, retirement, separation from service, required minimum distributions (as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC), in-service distributions, hardships, loans and qualified domestic relations orders.  The CDSC waiver will not apply in the event of termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial institution.

·                   Redemptions that are mandatory withdrawals from a traditional IRA account after age 70½.

 

General.   All sales charges imposed on redemptions are paid to the Distributor.  In determining whether the CDSC is payable, it is assumed that shares not subject to the CDSC are the first redeemed followed by other shares held for the longest period of time. The CDSC will not be imposed upon shares representing reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions, or upon amounts representing share appreciation.

 

CDSC for Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares .  A CDSC is imposed upon certain redemptions of Class A shares of the Funds (or shares into which such Class A shares were exchanged) purchased at NAV in amounts totaling $1 million or more, if the dealer’s commission described above was paid by the Distributor and the shares are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase.  The CDSC will be paid to the Distributor and will be equal to the commission percentage paid at the time of purchase as applied to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class A shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class A shares at the time of redemption.  If a purchase of Class A shares is subject to the CDSC, you will be notified on the confirmation you receive for your purchase.  Redemptions of such Class A shares of the Funds held for at least one year will not be subject to the CDSC.

 

Examples .  The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC.  Assume that you open an account and purchase 1,000 shares at $10 per share and six months later the NAV per share is $12 and, during such time, you have acquired 50 additional shares through reinvestment of distributions.  If at such time you should redeem 450 shares (proceeds of $5,400), 50 shares will not be subject to the charge because of dividend reinvestment.  With respect to the remaining 400 shares, the charge is applied only to the original cost of $10 per share and not to the increase in NAV of $2 per share.  Therefore, $4,000 of the $5,400 redemption proceeds will pay the charge.  At the rate of 1.00%, the CDSC would be $40 for redemptions of Class C shares.  In determining whether an amount is available for redemption without incurring a deferred sales charge, the purchase payments made for all shares in your account are aggregated.

 

The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC for Class B shares.  Assume that you open an account and purchase 1,000 shares at $10 per share and twenty-eight months later the NAV per share is $14 and, during such time, you have acquired (a) 150 additional shares through reinvestment of distributions and (b) 500 shares through purchases at $11 per share during the second year.  If at such time you should redeem 1,450 shares (proceeds of $20,300), 150 shares will not be subject to the charge because of dividend reinvestment.  With respect to the remaining 1,300 shares, the charge is applied only to the (a) original cost of $10 per share for the first 1,000 shares and not to the increase in NAV of $4 per share and (b) to the original cost of $11 per share for the next 300 shares and not to the increase in NAV of $3 per share.  Therefore, $18,200 of the $20,300 redemption proceeds will pay the charge.  The redemption of the first 1,000 shares is in the third year of the CDSC schedule and will be charged at the rate of 3.00%, or $300.  The redemption of the next 300 shares is in the second year of the CDSC schedule and will be charged at the rate of 4.00%, or $132.  After this transaction is completed, the account has 200 shares remaining with an initial purchase value of $11 per share and these shares are in the second year of the CDSC schedule.

 

OTHER PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Waiver of Minimum Investment Requirements.  The minimum and subsequent investment requirements for purchases in the Funds may not apply to:

 

1. Any director, officer or other employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below) of The Western & Southern Financial Group or any of its affiliates or any portfolio advisor or service provider to the Trust.

 

2. Any employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third-party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with the Distributor.

 

The minimum investment waivers are not available for Institutional Class shares of the Funds.

 

56


 

Waiver of Class A Sales Charges.  In addition to the categories of purchasers described in each prospectus from whom the sales charge on purchases of Class A shares of the Funds may be waived, Class A shares issued or purchased in the following transactions are not subject to sales charges (and no concessions are paid by the Distributor on such purchases):

 

1. Purchases into a Fund by any director, officer, employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below), or current separate account client of or referral by a sub-advisor to that particular Fund;

 

2. Purchases by any director, officer or other employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below) of Western & Southern Financial Group or any of its affiliates; and

 

3. Purchases by any employees of BNY Mellon, who provide services for the Touchstone Funds.

 

Exemptions must be qualified in advance by the Distributor.  At the option of the Trust, the front-end sales charge may be included on purchases by such persons in the future.

 

Immediate family members are defined as the spouse, parents, siblings, domestic partner, natural or adopted children, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, and sister-in-law of a director, officer or employee.  The term “employee” is deemed to include current and retired employees.

 

Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for Clients of Financial Intermediaries (Self-Directed Brokerage Accounts).   Touchstone Securities has agreed to waive the Class A sales charge for clients of financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer shares to self-directed brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to their customers.

 

Waiver of Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Sales Charge for Former Navellier Shareholders. Effective October 6, 2003, sales charges do not apply to Class A shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund purchased by former shareholders of the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio who are purchasing additional shares for their account or opening new accounts in the Large Cap Growth Fund.

 

Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for former Constellation Shareholders.  Shareholders who owned shares of the Touchstone Fund Group Trust as of November 17, 2006 who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the front-end sales charge for purchases of Class A Shares.  If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.

 

Shareholders who are eligible for the sales charge waivers listed above may open an account with the Fund directly to receive the sales charge waiver. To receive the waiver you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.

 

Class Y Shares Grandfather Clause.  New purchases of the Class Y shares are no longer available directly through Touchstone Securities.  Those shareholders who owned Class Y shares purchased directly through Touchstone Securities prior to February 2, 2009 or those former Old Mutual Shareholders who owned Class Z shares which became Class Y shares on April 16, 2012 or those former Fifth Third Shareholders who owned Institutional Class shares that became Class Y shares on September 10, 2012 may continue to hold Class Y shares of the corresponding Fund(s).  In addition, those shareholders may continue to make subsequent purchases into existing accounts of Class Y shares of the Fund(s) they owned prior to February 2, 2009, April 16, 2012 and September 10, 2012, respectively.

 

Purchases in-Kind.  In limited circumstances and subject to the prior consent of the Fund, the Fund may accept payment for shares in securities. Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to the Advisor.  Transactions of this type are generally a taxable transaction.  Before purchasing shares by tendering payment in-kind, investors are urged and advised to consult with their own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of such a transaction.

 

Redemption in-Kind.  Under unusual circumstances, when the Board deems it in the best interests of a Fund’s shareholders, the Fund may make payment for shares repurchased or redeemed in whole or in part in securities of the Fund taken at current value.  Should payment be made in securities, the redeeming shareholder will generally incur costs upon converting such securities to cash including brokerage costs.  Portfolio securities that are issued in an in-kind redemption will be readily marketable.  The Trust has filed an irrevocable election with the SEC under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act wherein the Funds are committed to pay redemptions in cash, rather than in kind, to any shareholder of record of a Fund who redeems during any ninety day period, the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s NAV at the beginning of such period.  Redemptions in kind are taxable for federal income tax purposes in the same manner as redemptions for cash.

 

57


 

Uncashed Distribution Checks.  If you elect to receive dividends and distributions of $25.00 or more in cash and the payment is returned and marked as “undeliverable” or is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of payment. Dividend and distribution checks issued for less than $25 will be automatically reinvested in the Fund that pays them. In addition, any undeliverable checks or checks that are not cashed for six months will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of cancellation.

 

Fund Shares Purchased by Check.  We may delay the processing and payment of redemption proceeds for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days.  If you need your money sooner, you should consider purchasing shares by bank wire.

 

Low Account Balances (only applicable for shares held through Touchstone Securities directly). If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), your account may be subject to an annual account maintenance fee or Touchstone Securities may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you.  Touchstone Securities will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A Fund’s dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.  A dividend or distribution paid by a Fund has the effect of reducing the NAV per share on the ex-dividend date by the amount of the dividend distribution.  A dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares by an investor would, therefore, represent, in substance, a return of capital to the shareholder with respect to such shares even though it would be subject to federal income taxes.

 

For most shareholders, a statement will be sent to you within 60 days after the end of each year detailing the federal income tax status of your distributions.  Please see “Federal Income Taxes” below for more information on the federal income tax consequences of dividends and other distributions made by a Fund.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting each Fund and its shareholders.  This discussion is for general information only and does not purport to consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to beneficial owners of shares of the Funds.  Therefore, this summary should not be considered to be individual tax advice and may not be relied upon by any shareholder.  The summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”), applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Regulations”), and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, which change could be retroactive, and may affect the conclusions expressed herein.  The summary applies only to beneficial owners of a Fund’s shares in whose hands such shares are capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the IRC, and may not apply to certain types of beneficial owners of a Fund’s shares, including, but not limited to insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding a Fund’s shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), a 401(k) plan account, or other qualified retirement account), financial institutions, pass-through entities, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding a Fund’s shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax.  Persons who may be subject to tax in more than one country should consult the provisions of any applicable tax treaty to determine the potential tax consequences to them.

 

No Fund has requested nor will any Fund request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below.  The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained.  In addition, the following discussion applicable to shareholders of a Fund addresses only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in such Fund.

 

Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of the ownership, purchase and disposition of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

 

General .  For federal tax purposes, each Fund is treated as a separate corporation.  Each Fund has elected, and intends to continue to qualify for, taxation as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the IRC.  By qualifying as a RIC, a Fund (but not the shareholders) will not be subject to federal income tax on that portion of its investment company taxable income and realized net capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders.

 

58


 

Shareholders should be aware that investments made by a Fund, some of which are described below, may involve complex tax rules some of which may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without the concurrent receipt of cash.  Although each Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by a Fund, in which case it may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described below.  Cash to make the required minimum distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by its governing documents and other regulatory restrictions, through borrowing the amounts required.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company .  Qualification as a RIC under the IRC requires, among other things, that each Fund: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i), the “Qualifying Income Requirement”); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the value of its assets is comprised of cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with those other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of its total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers controlled by it and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (together with (i) the “Diversification Requirement”); and (c) distribute for each taxable year at least the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount income, market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign currency exchange gains, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” as defined below and is reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid; and (ii) 90% of its tax-exempt interest, if any, net of certain expenses allocable thereto (“net tax-exempt interest”).

 

The U.S. Treasury Department is authorized to promulgate regulations under which gains from foreign currencies (and options, futures, and forward contracts on foreign currency) would constitute qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement only if such gains are directly related to the principal business of a Fund of investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities.  To date, such regulations have not been issued.

 

As a RIC, a Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders in any taxable year for which it distributes, in compliance with the IRC’s timing and other requirements at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest.  Each Fund may retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss).  If a Fund retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained.  If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who will be (i) required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount; and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of tax paid by such Fund against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities.  For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of the shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will be increased by the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by such Fund on that amount of capital gain.

 

The qualifying income and asset requirements that must be met under the IRC in order for a Fund to qualify as a RIC, as described above, may limit the extent to which it will be able to engage in derivative transactions.  Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of two IRS revenue rulings issued in 2006.  Revenue Ruling 2006-1 held that income from a derivative contract with respect to a commodity index is not qualifying income for a RIC.  Subsequently, the IRS issued Revenue Ruling 2006-31 in which it stated that the holding in Revenue Ruling 2006-1 “was not intended to preclude a conclusion that the income from certain instruments (such as certain structured notes) that create a commodity exposure for the holder is qualifying income.”  Accordingly, each Fund’s ability to invest in commodity related derivative transactions and other derivative transactions may be limited by the Qualifying Income Requirement. Each Fund will account for any investments in commodity derivative transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate; the IRS, however, might not accept such treatment.  If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of such Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized.

 

In general, for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC.  However, all of the net income of a RIC derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above) will be treated as qualifying income.  In general, such

 

59


 

entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes if they meet the passive income requirement under Section 7704(c)(2) of the IRC.  In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the IRC do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

 

For purposes of the Diversification Requirement described above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.

 

If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements.  Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures to satisfy the Diversification Requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time.  If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, such Fund will fail to qualify as a RIC and will be subject to tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation subject to tax on a graduated basis with a maximum tax rate of 35% and all distributions from earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) to its shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and for qualified dividend income treatment for non-corporate shareholders.

 

Excise tax .  If a Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses) for such year, (2) at least 98.2% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (as adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the twelve month period ending on October 31 of such year, and (3) all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for the prior year that were not distributed during such year and on which it did not pay federal income tax, such Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) on the undistributed amounts.  A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the calendar year if it is declared by a Fund in October, November, or December of that year to shareholders of record on a date in such month and paid by it during January of the following year.  Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders (other than those not subject to federal income tax) in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.  Each Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its net income and gain, if any, by the end of each calendar year in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the Excise Tax.  A Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate its investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid the Excise Tax liability at a time when its Advisor might not otherwise have chosen to do so.  Liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a Fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.  However, no assurances can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the Excise Tax and, in fact, in certain instances if warranted, a Fund may choose to pay the Excise Tax as opposed to making an additional distribution.

 

Capital Loss Carryforwards .  For losses arising from tax years beginning on or before December 22, 2010 a Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss and such Fund’s capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried.  For capital losses realized with respect to tax years of a Fund beginning after December 22, 2010, such Fund may carry capital losses forward indefinitely.  For capital losses realized in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010, the excess of a Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gain is treated as short-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year and the excess of a Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gain is treated as long-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders.  A Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

 

Original Issue Discount and Market Discount .  A Fund may acquire debt securities that are treated as having original issue discount (“OID”) (generally a debt obligation with a purchase price less than its principal amount, such as a zero coupon bond).  Generally, a Fund will be required to include the OID in income over the term of the debt security, even though it will not receive cash payments for such OID until a later time, usually when the debt security matures.  A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt securities having OID which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income.  Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation.  A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes.

 

A debt security acquired in the secondary market by a Fund may be treated as having market discount if acquired at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount.  Market discount generally is accrued ratably, on a daily basis, over the period from the date of acquisition to the date of maturity even though no cash will be received.  Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on its disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

 

In addition, pay-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding such securities receives no interest payments in cash on such securities during the year.

 

60


 

Each Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the income accruing on the securities, described above, that is currently includable in income, even though cash representing such income may not have been received by such Fund.  Cash to pay these distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by such Fund’s governing documents, through borrowing the amounts required to be distributed.  In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would have in the absence of such transactions.

 

Options, Futures, and Forward Contracts .  The writing (selling) and purchasing of options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency contracts, involves complex rules that will determine for federal income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses a Fund realizes in connection with such transactions.

 

Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses.  Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and certain non-equity options (such as certain listed options or options on broad based securities indexes) held by a Fund (“Section 1256 contracts”), other than contracts on which it has made a “mixed-straddle election”, will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, treated as having been sold at their market value on the last day of such Fund’s taxable year.  These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash.  Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of Section 1256 contracts will be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below.  Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule, but may require a Fund to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and certain options to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by it.

 

The tax provisions described above applicable to options, futures and forward contracts may affect the amount, timing, and character of a Fund’s distributions to its shareholders.  For example, the Section 1256 rules described above may operate to increase the amount a Fund must distribute to satisfy the minimum distribution requirement for the portion treated as short-term capital gain which will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income, and to increase the net capital gain it recognizes, without, in either case, increasing the cash available to it.  A Fund may elect to exclude certain transactions from the operation of Section 1256, although doing so may have the effect of increasing the relative proportion of net short-term capital gain (taxable as ordinary income) and thus increasing the amount of dividends it must distribute.  Section 1256 contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax.

 

When a covered call or put option written (sold) by a Fund expires such Fund will realize a short-term capital gain equal to the amount of the premium it received for writing the option.  When a Fund terminates its obligations under such an option by entering into a closing transaction, it will realize a short-term capital gain (or loss), depending on whether the cost of the closing transaction is less than (or exceeds) the premium received when it wrote the option.  When a covered call option written by a Fund is exercised, such Fund will be treated as having sold the underlying security, producing long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending upon the holding period of the underlying security and whether the sum of the option price received upon the exercise plus the premium received when it wrote the option is more or less than the basis of the underlying security.

 

Straddles .  Section 1092 deals with the taxation of straddles which also may affect the taxation of options in which a Fund may invest.  Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as options, futures and forward currency contracts, may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.”  Straddles are defined to include offsetting positions in actively traded personal property.  In certain circumstances, the rules governing straddles override or modify the provisions of Section 1256, described above.  If a Fund is treated as entering into a straddle and at least one (but not all) of its positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.”  A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to mixed straddles.  Depending on which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ.  Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by it may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions.  Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be characterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain.  In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions and cause such sales to be subject to the “wash sale” and “short sale” rules.  As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements, described below, and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income.  Further, a Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle.  Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character and timing of gains and losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to the situation where a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

In circumstances where a Fund has invested in certain pass-through entities, the amount of long-term capital gain that it may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in such pass-through entities is limited under the IRC’s constructive ownership rules.  The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if it directly

 

61


 

invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract.  Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income.  An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

Swaps and Derivatives.  As a result of entering into swap or derivative agreements, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap or derivative is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or derivative or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap or derivative will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to a swap or derivative for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps or derivatives, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or derivatives or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps or derivatives to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

 

Rules governing the tax aspects of swap or derivative agreements are not entirely clear in certain respects, in particular whether income generated is Qualifying Income.  Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment.  If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of the Fund as a RIC might be adversely affected.  The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area.  Certain requirements that must be met under the IRC in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements and certain derivatives.

 

Constructive Sales .  Certain rules may affect the timing and character of gain if a Fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions.  If a Fund enters into certain transactions (including a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract, a futures or forward contract, or other transactions identified in Treasury regulations) in property while holding an appreciated financial position in substantially identical property, it will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the appreciated financial position and will be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale.  The character of gain from a constructive sale will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position.  Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the position was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on a Fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the IRC.

 

In addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially identical property by a Fund will be deemed a constructive sale.  The foregoing will not apply, however, to a Fund’s transaction during any taxable year that otherwise would be treated as a constructive sale if the transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of that year and such Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e., at no time during that 60-day period is such Fund’s risk of loss regarding the position reduced by reason of certain specified transactions with respect to substantially identical or related property, such as having an option to sell, being contractually obligated to sell, making a short sale or granting an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities).

 

Wash Sales.  A Fund may in certain circumstances be impacted by special rules relating to “wash sales.”  In general, the wash sale rules prevent the recognition of a loss by a Fund from the disposition of stock or securities at a loss in a case in which identical or substantially identical stock or securities (or an option to acquire such property) is or has been acquired by it within 30 days before or 30 days after the sale.

 

Short Sales .  A Fund may make short sales of securities.  Short sales may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to its shareholders.  Short sales also may be subject to the “Constructive Sales” rules, discussed above.

 

Tax Credit Bonds .  If a Fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more “tax credit bonds” (defined below) on one or more specified dates during a Fund’s taxable year, and it satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, it may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits otherwise allowable to it for that year with respect to such tax credit bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the IRC as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, or a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the IRC), a “build America bond” (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other bonds specified in the IRC. If a Fund were to make an election, a shareholder of such Fund would be required to include in gross income an amount equal to such shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income attributable to such credits and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to a proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed.

 

Other Regulated Investment Companies .  Generally, the character of the income or capital gains that a Fund receives from another investment company will pass through to the Fund’s shareholders as long as the Fund and the other investment company each qualify as RICs under the IRC.  However, to the extent that another investment company that qualifies as a RIC realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses until it disposes of shares of such investment company.  Moreover, even when a Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-

 

62


 

term capital loss, which will not be treated as favorably for federal income tax purposes as an ordinary deduction.  In particular, a Fund will not be able to offset any capital losses from its dispositions of shares of other investment companies against its ordinary income.  As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, it is possible that the amounts of net investment income and net capital gains that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests, rather than investing in shares of the investment companies.  For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies .  A Fund may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) or become a PFIC under the IRC.  A PFIC is generally defined as a foreign corporation that meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income for its taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains); or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, such passive income.  If a Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, such Fund could be subject to federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received with respect to such PFIC stock or on any gain from the sale of such PFIC stock (collectively “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon even if such Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders.  The balance of the PFIC income will be included in such Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its shareholders.  A Fund’s distributions of PFIC income will be taxable as ordinary income even though, absent the application of the PFIC rules, some portion of the distributions may have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC.  Payment of this tax would therefore reduce a Fund’s economic return from its investment in PFIC shares.  To the extent a Fund invests in a PFIC, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), then instead of the tax and interest obligation described above on excess distributions, such Fund would be required to include in income each taxable year its pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain.  As a result of a QEF election, a Fund would likely have to distribute to its shareholders an amount equal to the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain to satisfy the IRC’s minimum distribution requirement described herein and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax even if the QEF did not distribute those earnings and gain to such Fund.  In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements in making the election.

 

A Fund may elect to “mark-to-market” its stock in any PFIC.  “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock over such Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year.  Pursuant to the election, a Fund also may deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in the PFIC stock over the fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock it included in income for prior taxable years under the election.  A Fund’s adjusted basis in its PFIC stock subject to the election would be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder.  In either case, a Fund may be required to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions .  Foreign currency gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables are subject to Section 988 of the IRC, which causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of such Fund’s income.  In some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment, but such elections could be detrimental to a Fund by creating current recognition of income without the concurrent recognition of cash.  If a foreign currency loss treated as an ordinary loss under Section 988 were to exceed a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year the resulting loss would not be deductible by it or its shareholders in future years.  The foreign currency income or loss will also increase or decrease a Fund’s investment company income distributable to its shareholders.

 

Foreign Taxation .  Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes.  Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.  If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations and it meets the distribution requirements described above, such Fund may file an election (the “pass-through election”) with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund would be required to (i) include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them.  Each Fund will furnish its shareholders with a written statement providing the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund that will “pass-through” for the year, if any.

 

Generally, a credit for foreign taxes is subject to the limitation that it may not exceed the shareholder’s U.S. tax attributable to his or her total foreign source taxable income.  For this purpose, if the pass-through election is made, the source of a Fund’s income will

 

63


 

flow through to shareholders.  The limitation on the foreign tax credit is applied separately to foreign source passive income, and to certain other types of income.  Shareholders may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by a Fund.  Various limitations, including a minimum holding period requirement, apply to limit the credit and deduction for foreign taxes for purposes of regular federal income tax and alternative minimum tax.

 

REITs .  A Fund may invest in REITs.  Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute taxable income without the concurrent receipt of cash.  To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold.  A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in its receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if such Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to its shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

 

A Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs or taxable mortgage pools (TMPs), or such REITs may themselves constitute TMPs.  Under an IRS notice, and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or a TMP (referred to in the IRC as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events.  This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the Funds, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or invested in the TMP directly.  As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax exempt-shareholders, including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan and other tax-exempt entities.  See “Tax-Exempt Shareholders.”

 

Distributions .  Distributions paid out of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, are generally taxable and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a federal income tax return.  Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as computed for federal income tax purposes, will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain.

 

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.  Distributions designated by a Fund as “capital gain dividends” (distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over short-term capital losses) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain regardless of the length of time they have held their shares of such Fund.  Such dividends do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends received deduction or for qualified dividend income purposes as described below.

 

Distributions of “qualified dividend income” received by noncorporate shareholders of a Fund may be eligible for the long-term capital gain rate.  A Fund’s distribution will be treated as qualified dividend income and therefore eligible for the long-term capital gain rate to the extent it receives dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met.  A corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction on such Fund’s distributions attributable to dividends received by such Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction.  For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met.

 

Shareholders may also be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on net investment income including interest (but not tax-exempt interest), dividends, and capital gains of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) and of estates and trusts.

 

Each Fund will furnish a statement to shareholders providing the federal income tax status of its dividends and distributions including the portion of such dividends, if any, that qualifies as long-term capital gain.

 

Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions, and certain prohibited transactions, is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors for more information.

 

Purchases of Fund Shares.   Prior to purchasing shares in a Fund, the impact of dividends or distributions which are expected to be or have been declared, but not paid, should be carefully considered.  Any dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares of a Fund prior to the record date will have the effect of reducing the per share net asset value by the per share amount of the dividend or distribution, and to the extent the distribution consists of the Fund’s taxable income, the purchasing shareholder will be taxed on the taxable portion of the dividend or distribution received even though some or all of the amount distributed is effectively a return of capital.

 

64


 

Sales, Exchanges, or Redemptions .  Upon the disposition of shares of a Fund (whether by redemption, sale or exchange), a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss.  Such capital gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares.  The capital gain will be long-term if the shares were held for more than 12 months and short-term if held for 12 months or less.  If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, before January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the sale or exchange, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, the shareholder subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or another Fund, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase.  Any loss realized on a disposition will be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules to the extent that the shares disposed of by the shareholder are replaced by the shareholder (including through dividend reinvestment) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition.  In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.  Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.  Capital losses are generally deductible only against capital gains except that individuals may deduct up to $3,000 of capital losses against ordinary income.

 

The 3.8% Medicare contribution tax (described above) will apply to gains from the sale or exchange of a Fund’s shares.

 

Backup Withholding .  Each Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds paid or credited to a shareholder of such Fund if (i) the shareholder fails to furnish such Fund with the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury, (ii) the shareholder fails to provide a certified statement that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or (iii) the IRS or a broker has notified such Fund that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income.  If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions or proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

State and Local Taxes .  State and local laws often differ from federal income tax laws with respect to the treatment of specific items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit.

 

Non-U.S. Shareholders .  Distributions made to non-U.S. shareholders attributable to net investment income generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty).

 

However, effective for taxable years of a Fund beginning before January 1, 2014, the Fund will generally not be required to withhold tax on any amounts paid to a non-U.S. investor with respect to dividends attributable to “qualified short-term gain” (i.e., the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) designated as such by the Fund and dividends attributable to certain U.S. source interest income that would not be subject to federal withholding tax if earned directly by a non-U.S. person, provided such amounts are properly designated by the Fund. A Fund may choose not to designate such amounts.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by a non-U.S. shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States), federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and such distribution will be subject to the federal income tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons described above.

 

Under U.S. federal tax law, a non-U.S. shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax or withholding tax on capital gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund or on capital gain dividends, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the non-U.S. shareholder); (ii) in the case of an individual non-U.S. shareholder, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares of the Fund constitute U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”), as described below.

 

Special rules apply to foreign persons who receive distributions from a Fund that are attributable to gain from “United States real property interests” (“USRPIs”).  The IRC defines USRPIs to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and any interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in a “United States real property holding corporation” or former United States real property holding corporation.  The IRC defines a United States real property holding corporation as any corporation whose USRPIs make up 50% or more of the fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside the United States, plus any other assets it uses

 

65


 

in a trade or business.  In general, if a Fund is a United States real property holding company (determined without regard to certain exceptions), distributions by the Fund that are attributable to (a) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund and (b) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the foreign persons. (However, absent the enactment of legislation, on or after January 1, 2014, this “look-through” treatment for distributions by a Fund to foreign persons applies only to such distributions that are attributable to distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier REIT and are required to be treated as USRPI gain in the Fund’s hands.) If the foreign shareholder holds (or has held at any time during the prior year) more than a 5% interest in a class of stock of a Fund, such distributions received by the shareholder with respect to such class of stock will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates.  Moreover, such shareholders will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year in which the gain was recognized and the Fund will be required to withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution.  In the case of all other foreign persons (i.e., those whose interest in the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior year), the USRPI distribution will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is qualified short-term gain or net capital gain) and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such foreign persons.  It is currently unclear whether Congress will extent the “look-through” provisions described above for distributions made on or after January 1, 2014, and what the terms of any such extension would be.

 

In addition, if a Fund is a United States real property holding corporation or former United States real property holding corporation, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. tax upon a redemption of shares by a greater-than-5% shareholder that is a foreign person, and that shareholder would be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Prior to January 1, 2014, no withholding is generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a fund if the fund is a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, or, in certain other limited cases, if a fund (whether or not domestically controlled) holds substantial investments in RICs that are domestically controlled qualified investment entities.  Unless legislation is enacted, beginning on January 1, 2014, such withholding is required, without regard to whether a Fund or any RIC in which it invests is domestically controlled.

 

Subject to the additional rules described herein, federal income tax withholding will apply to distributions attributable to dividends and other investment income distributed by the Funds.  The federal income tax withholding rate may be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation.  In order to qualify for treaty benefits, a non-U.S. shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (generally by providing a Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN).

 

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally requires a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders.  If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA, a Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on Fund dividends and distributions and on the proceeds of the sale, redemption, or exchange of Fund shares.  A Fund may disclose the information that it receives from (or concerning) its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, related intergovernmental agreements or other applicable law or regulation. Each investor is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

 

IRS rules require the reporting to the IRS of direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts and foreign entities by U.S. persons.  Failure to provide this required information can result in a 30% withholding tax on certain U.S.-source payments, including dividends and interest, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposal of property that can produce U.S. source interest or dividends (“Withholding Payments”).

 

Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts and Foreign Financial Assets Reporting Requirements.  A shareholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of a Fund, is urged and advised to consult its own tax adviser regarding its filing obligations with respect to IRS Form TD F 90-22.1, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.

 

Tax-Exempt Shareholders .  A tax-exempt shareholder could realize unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of IRC Section 514(b).

 

It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder of a Fund will also recognize UBTI if such Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs.  Furthermore, any investment in a residual interest of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

 

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or in TMPs.

 

66


 

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations .  Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.  The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.  Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS

 

Persons or organizations beneficially owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund are presumed to “control” the Fund. As a result, those persons or organizations could have the ability to influence an action taken by a Fund if such action requires a shareholder vote.  As of December 31, 2013, the name, address and percentage ownership of each entity that owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of a Fund were as follows:

 

Fund Name

 

Name & Address

 

Percentage of Class

 

Flexible Income Fund

Class A

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

15.05

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

14.35

%

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

11.49

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

5.51

%

 

 

FRONTIER TRUST COMPANY
FBO HOLT AND BUGBEE COMPANY
RETIREMENT 215665
PO BOX 10758
FARGO ND 58106-0758

 

5.05

%

Flexible Income Fund

Class C

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

19.20

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

17.80

%

 

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

14.29

%

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

6.19

%

 

67


 

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

5.57

%

Flexible Income Fund

Class Y

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 4TH FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310

 

15.00

%

Flexible Income Fund

Institutional Class 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK FBO 5/3 BANK PEN &
A/C # 01010021311505
P.O. BOX 3385
5001 KINGSLEY DR DEPT 3385
CINCINNATI OH 45263

 

18.89

%

 

 

TOUCHSTONE MODERATE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

15.10

%*,***

 

 

TOUCHSTONE BALANCED ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

14.97

%*,***

 

 

SAXON & CO
FBO 21800013407469
PO BOX 7780-1888
PHILADELPHIA PA 19182

 

12.13

%

 

 

TOUCHSTONE CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

11.47

%*,***

 

 

SAXON & CO
FBO 21750794785002
P.O. BOX 7780-1888
PHILADELPHIA PA 19182-0000

 

11.17

%

 

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
5TH FLOOR
200 LIBERTY ST 1 WORLD FINCL CTR
NEW YORK NY 10281

 

10.43

%

Focused Fund

Class C

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

51.78

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

9.92

%

 

68


 

Focused Fund

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

 

17.00

%

Class Y

 

REINVEST ACCOUNT
ATTN MUTUAL FUND DEPARTMENT
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
200 LIBERTY ST ONE WORLD FIN CNTR
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 5TH FL
NEW YORK NY 10281

 

13.98

%

Focused Fund

Institutional Class

 

 

TOUCHSTONE MODERATE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

31.65

%*,**,***

 

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
REINVEST ACCOUNT
ATTN MUTUAL FUND DEPARTMENT
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

 

20.38

%

 

 

TOUCHSTONE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

19.99

%*,***

 

 

TOUCHSTONE BALANCED ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

16.63

%*,***

Growth Opportunities Fund Class A

 

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
HOUSE ACCT FIRM 92500015
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716

 

7.11

%

Growth Opportunities Fund Class C

 

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
HOUSE ACCT FIRM 92500015
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716

 

28.38

%

 

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION 97BS5
4800 DEER LAKE FLOOR DR EAST 2RD
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

21.08

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

8.63

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

6.94

%

Growth Opportunities Fund Class Y

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

50.61

%

 

69


 

 

 

LINCOLN RETIREMENT SERVICES CO
FBO INTL CHURCH OF FOUR SQ GOSPEL 4
P.O. BOX 7876
FORT WAYNE IN 46801-7876

 

16.52

%

 

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
5TH FLOOR
200 LIBERTY ST 1 WORLD FINCL CTR
NEW YORK NY 10281

 

9.53

%

 

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

 

6.43

%

Growth Opportunities Fund Institutional Class

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
5TH FLOOR
200 LIBERTY ST 1 WORLD FINCL CTR
NEW YORK NY 10281

 

18.90

%

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

18.58

%

 

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

 

13.18

%

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO
GLASTONBURY RET-INC
24559700
PO BOX 1533
MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480

 

8.41

%

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
HOUSE ACCT FIRM 92500015
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716

 

8.09

%

 

 

MAC & CO A/C L1DF1000002
MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS
PO BOX 3198
525 WILLIAM PENN PLACE
PITTSBURGH PA 15230

 

6.11

%*

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

6.07

%

 

 

TOUCHSTONE MODERATE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

5.22

%*,***

 

70


 

International Value Fund

Class A

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

12.09

%

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST MERCANTILE-PREMIER TR FIFT
FIRST MERCANTILE TRUST CO TTEE
ATTN FUNDS MGMT
57 GERMANTOWN CT
CORDOVA TN 38018-7273

 

11.76

%*

International Value Fund

Class C

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

26.45

%

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
NFS FMTC IRA
FBO RHONDA M GIEDD
345 NORTH HARRISON BOX 411
CEDARVILLE IL 61013-0411

 

10.21

%*

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
NFS FMTC IRA
FBO CHARLES E RODERICK
2388 EAGLE DR
FREEPORT IL 61032-8575

 

7.58

%*

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
NFS/FMTC IRA
FBO FRANK WATSON PARSONS
1025 ANTHONY DR
MUSKEGON MI 49441-7304

 

6.22

%*

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
NFS FMTC IRA
FBO LEE SHANK
19846 HENRY RD
CLEVELAND OH 44126-1646

 

6.16

%*

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
SUSAN K MARTIN
TOD ON FILE
2320 LANCASTER HEIGHTS RD
FREEPORT IL 61032-9561

 

5.70

%*

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
NFS FMTC IRA
FBO MARY ELIZABETH SHANK
19846 HENRY ROAD
FAIRVIEW PK OH 44126-1646

 

5.64

%*

International Value Fund

Class Y

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK FBO 5/3 BANK PEN &
A/C # 01010021311505
P.O. BOX 3385
5001 KINGSLEY DR DEPT 3385
CINCINNATI OH 45263

 

69.17

%

International Value Fund

Institutional Class 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE AS TRUSTEE FBO
THE FIFTH THIRD BANCORP MASTER PROF
SHARING PLAN
11500 OUTLOOK ST
OVERLAND PARK KS 66211-1804

 

50.22

%

 

 

TOUCHSTONE MODERATE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100

 

20.09

%*,***

 

 

CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

 

 

 

71


 

 

 

TOUCHSTONE BALANCED ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

14.40

%*,***

 

 

TOUCHSTONE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

11.22

%*,***

Large Cap Growth Fund

Class A

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

10.60

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

9.11

%

Large Cap Growth Fund

Class B

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

42.36

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

15.71

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

12.00

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

6.59

%

Large Cap Growth Fund

Class C

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION 97BS5
4800 DEER LAKE FLOOR DR EAST 2RD
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

32.54

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

16.27

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

11.52

%

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
HOUSE ACCT FIRM 92500015
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716

 

10.65

%

 

72


 

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

8.60

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

5.87

%

Large Cap Growth Fund

Class Y

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

38.88

%

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE AS TRUSTEE FBO
THE FIFTH THIRD BANCORP MASTER PROFIT SHARING PLAN
11500 OUTLOOK ST
OVERLAND PARK KS 66211-1804

 

16.52

%

 

 

WESTERN & SOUTHERN LIFE INS COMP
A SEPARATE ACCOUNT
MAILSTATION 80
400 BROADWAY
CINCINNATI OH 45202

 

11.39

%*

 

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
5TH FLOOR
200 LIBERTY ST 1 WORLD FINCL CTR
NEW YORK NY 10281

 

7.49

%

 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK TTEE
FBO WESTERN & SOUTHERN LIFE INS CO
401K SAVINGS PLAN
8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2
CENTENNIAL CO 80111

 

6.75

%

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Class A

 

RELIANCE TRUST COMPANY FBO
RETIREMENT PLANS SERVICED BY METLIF
8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2
GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111

 

17.06

%

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

11.93

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

8.01

%

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
HOUSE ACCT FIRM 92500015
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER

880 CARILLON PARKWAY

ST PETERSBURG FL 33716

 

6.15

%

 

73


 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Class B

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

29.63

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

16.64

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

6.03

%

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Class C

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

24.67

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

16.90

%

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
HOUSE ACCT FIRM 92500015
ATTN COURTNEY WALLER
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716

 

10.95

%

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

8.19

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

7.90

%

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Class Y

 

LPL FINANCIAL
A/C 1000-0005
9785 TOWNE CENTRE DRIVE
SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968

 

37.62

%

 

 

STATE OF LOUISIANA TRUSTEE
FBO LOUISIANA PUBLIC EMPLOYEES DCP
8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2
GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111

 

14.69

%

 

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

 

11.75

%

 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK TTEE
FBO WESTERN & SOUTHERN LIFE INS CO
401K SAVINGS PLAN
8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2
CENTENNIAL CO 80111

 

9.84

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

7.74

%

 

74


 

 

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

7.39

%

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Institutional Class

 

AMBEE & CO FBO EMBRY RIDDLE
A PARTNERSHIP
801 WARRENVILLE RD STE 500
LISLE IL 60532-4347

 

21.29

%*

 

 

TAYNIK & CO AS NOMINEE STATE STREET
BANK & TRUST
1200 CROWN COLONY DR
QUINCY MA 02169-0938

 

19.49

%*

 

 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

 

17.95

%

 

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
5TH FLOOR
200 LIBERTY ST 1 WORLD FINCL CTR
NEW YORK NY 10281

 

14.80

%

 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK TTEE
VARIOUS FASCORE LLC RECORDKEPT PLAN
C/O FASCORE LLC
8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2
GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111

 

6.69

%

 

 

STATE STREET BANK & TRUST TTEE FBO
WESTERN STATES INSULATORS
200 CLARENDON ST MAIL STOP JHT0515
BOSTON MA 02116-5099

 

5.06

%*

Small Cap Growth Fund

Class A

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

23.74

%

 

 

NFS LLC FEBO
US BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
OMNIBUS - CASH
1555 N RIVERCENTER DR STE 302
MILWAUKEE WI 53212-3958

 

8.11

%

 

 

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLAZA
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399

 

5.80

%

 

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

5.09

%

 

75


 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

5.09

%

Small Cap Growth Fund

Class C

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

29.87

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

29.82

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

9.87

%

 

 

UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. FBO
UBS WM USA
OMNI ACCOUNT M/F
ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 9TH FL
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2055

 

9.06

%

Small Cap Growth Fund

Class Y

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK TTEE
VARIOUS FASCORE LLC RECORDKEPT PLAN
C/O FASCORE LLC
8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2
GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111

 

24.95

%

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY
HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER
PLAZA 2 3RD FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07311

 

16.56

%

 

 

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR
CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT
499 WASHINGTON BLVD 4TH FLOOR
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310

 

15.79

%

 

 

FIRST CLEARING LLC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER
2801 MARKET ST
SAINT LOUIS MO 63103-2523

 

10.93

%

 

 

MLPF & S THE SOLE BENEFIT OF
FOR IT’S CUSTOMERS
ATTN FUND ADMISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST-2ND FLR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246

 

9.38

%

Small Cap Growth Fund

Institutional Class 

 

TOUCHSTONE MODERATE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

34.43

%*,**,***

 

 

TOUCHSTONE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

21.73

%*,***

 

76


 

 

 

GREENLEAF TRUST CASH REINVEST 3
211 SOUTH ROSE STREET
KALAMAZOO MI 49007

 

15.78

%*

 

 

GREENLEAF TRUST REINVEST 1
211 SOUTH ROSE STREET
KALAMAZOO MI 49007

 

13.28

%*

 

 

TOUCHSTONE BALANCED ALLOCATION FUND
303 BROADWAY ST STE 1100
CINCINNATI OH 45202-4220

 

9.04

%*,***

 

 

GREENLEAF TRUST CASH        
211 SOUTH ROSE STREET
KALAMAZOO MI 49007

 

5.70

%*

 


*Indicates that shares are held beneficially.

**May be deemed to control a Fund because it owned beneficially more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund as of December 31, 2013. Western & Southern Financial Group is a corporation organized under the laws of Ohio and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western-Southern Mutual Holding Company.

***The Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, the Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, the Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, and the Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund (the “Asset Allocation Funds”) are each structured as a fund-of-funds. Pursuant to the proxy voting policies of Touchstone Advisors, the Asset Allocation Funds vote their shares in the same proportion as the votes of all other shareholders in that underlying Touchstone Fund.

 

As of April 24, 2014 the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned of record or beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust and of each Fund (or class thereof).

 

CUSTODIAN

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH”), 50 Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02110, serves as the Trust’s custodian.  BBH acts as the Trust’s depository, safe keeps its portfolio securities, collects all income and other payments with respect thereto, disburses funds as instructed and maintains records in connection with its duties.

 

LEGAL COUNSEL

 

Vedder Price P.C., located at 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, serves as counsel to the Trust.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 1100 Walnut Street, Suite 1300, Kansas City, Missouri 64106, served as the independent registered public accounting firm for Flexible Income Fund, Focused Fund, International Value Fund, and Small Cap Growth Fund. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited these Funds’ annual financial statements.  Ernst & Young LLP, 312 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202, has been selected to audit the Funds’ financial statements for the upcoming fiscal year.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, 312 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202, serves as independent registered public accounting firm for all the Funds for their fiscal year ending March 31, 2014, and for the Emerging Markets Growth Fund. The independent accountants will perform an audit of these Funds’ financial statements for its fiscal year end and advise the Trust as to certain accounting matters.

 

TRANSFER AND SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

Transfer Agent .  The Trust’s transfer agent, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY Mellon”), 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581.  BNY Mellon maintains the records of each shareholder’s account, answers shareholders’ inquiries concerning their accounts, processes purchases and redemptions of the Funds’ shares, acts as dividend and distribution disbursing agent and performs other shareholder service functions.  For providing transfer agent and shareholder services to the Trust, BNY Mellon receives a monthly per account fee from each Fund, plus out of-pocket expenses.  The Funds may also pay a fee to certain servicing organizations (such as broker-dealers and financial institutions) that provide sub-transfer agency services.  These services

 

77


 

include maintaining shareholder records, processing shareholder transactions and distributing communications to shareholders.

 

Sub-Administrative Agent The Advisor has sub-contracted certain accounting and administrative services to BNY Mellon.  The sub-administrative services sub-contracted to BNY Mellon include accounting and pricing services, SEC and state security filings, providing executive and administrative services and providing reports for meetings of the Board of Trustees.  The Advisor pays BNY Mellon a sub-administrative fee out of its administration fee.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Funds’ audited financial statements (except for the Emerging Markets Growth Fund) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, including the notes and the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Ernst & Young LLP, as applicable, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.  The Funds’ unaudited financial statements (except for the Emerging Markets Growth Fund) for the fiscal period ended September 30, 2013 are incorporated into this SAI by reference.  The Annual and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by writing the Trust at P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940; by calling the Trust at 1-800-543-0407; or by downloading a copy at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.  You may also obtain future annual and semi-annual reports, as well as other information about the Trust, from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

78


 

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s ® (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) and Dominion Bond Rating Service, Limited (“Dominion”) are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations.  A description of the ratings assigned by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Dominion are provided below.  These ratings represent the opinions of these rating services as to the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate.  It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality.  The sub-advisor attempts to discern variations in credit rankings of the rating services and to anticipate changes in credit ranking.  However, subsequent to purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Fund.  In that event, the Advisor and/or sub-advisor will consider whether it is in the best interest of a Fund to continue to hold the securities.

 

Moody’s credit ratings are current opinions of the relative future credit risk of entities, credit commitments, or debt or debt-like securities.  Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual, financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default.  Credit ratings do not address any other risk, including but not limited to: liquidity risk, market value risk, or price volatility.  Credit ratings are not statements of current or historical fact.  Credit ratings do not constitute investment or financial advice, and credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold particular securities.  Credit ratings do not comment on the suitability of an investment for any particular investor.  Moody’s issues its credit ratings with the expectation and understanding that each investor will make its own study and evaluation of each security that is under consideration for purchase, holding, or sale.

 

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

Fitch credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, and repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations.  Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving their money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.  Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

 

Dominion ratings are opinions based on the quantitative and qualitative analysis of information sourced and received by Dominion, which information is not audited or verified by Dominion. Ratings are not buy, hold, or sell recommendations and they do not address the market price of a security. Ratings may be upgraded, downgraded, placed under review, confirmed and discontinued.

 

Short-Term Credit Ratings

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations.  Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments.  Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

 

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

“P-1” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

“P-2” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

“P-3” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

“NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its

 

A-1


 

guarantor or support-provider.

 

S&P

 

S&P’s short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.

 

The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P for short-term issues:

 

“A-1” - Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

“A-2” - Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

“A-3” - Obligations exhibit adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“B” - Obligations are regarded as vulnerable and having significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

“C” - Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“D” - Obligations are in payment default.  The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period.  However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days.  The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&P’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

Fitch

 

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream, and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation.  Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention.  Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

 

“F1” — Highest short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

“F2” — Good short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

“F3” — Fair short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

A-2


 

“B” — Speculative short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

“C” —   High short-term default risk.  This designation indicates that default is a real possibility.

 

“RD” —  Restricted default.  This designation indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Or, the default of a specific short-term obligation.

 

“D” — Default.  This designation indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of all short-term obligations.

 

Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

 

·                   The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

·                   The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

·                   The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

·                   The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

 

·                   The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.

 

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive.

 

Dominion

 

The Dominion short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the subcategories “(high),” “(middle)” and “(low).”

 

R-1 (high)

Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 

R-1 (middle)

Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from R-1 (high) by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

R-1 (low)

Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

R-2 (high)

Upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

 

R-2 (middle)

Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

 

R-2 (low)

Lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

 

R-3

Lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 

A-3


 

R-4

Speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

 

R-5

Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

 

D

A financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future, or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange. A downgrade to D may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods, other procedural considerations, or extenuating circumstance may exist.

 

Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

 

“Aaa” - Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

“Aa” - Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

“A” - Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

“Baa” - Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

“Ba” - Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

“B” - Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

“Caa” - Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

“Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

“C” - Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.”  The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

S&P

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

·                   Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

·                   Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

·                   Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

A-4


 

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for long-term issues:

 

“AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P.  The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

“AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree.  The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

“A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.  However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

“BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

“BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

 

“C” - A “C” rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the “C” rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

“D” - An obligation rated “D” is in payment default.  The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.  An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

“NR” - This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&P’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower

 

A-5


 

capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

Fitch

 

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.

 

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.

 

The following summarizes long-term IDR categories used by Fitch:

 

“AAA” — Highest credit quality.  “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk.  They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

“AA” — Very high credit quality.  “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk.  They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

“A” — High credit quality.  “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk.  The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

“BBB” — Good credit quality.  “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

“BB” — Speculative.  “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

 

“B” — Highly speculative.  “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

“CCC” — Substantial credit risk.  “CCC” ratings indicate that default is a real possibility.

 

“CC” — Very high levels of credit risk.  “CC” ratings indicate default of some kind appears probable.

 

“C” — Exceptionally high levels of credit risk.  “C” ratings indicate default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

a.               the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

b.               the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

 

c.                Fitch otherwise believes a condition of “RD” or “D” to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

 

“RD” - Restricted default. “RD” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:

 

A-6


 

a.               the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

b.               the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

c.                the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

 

d.               execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

 

“D” — Default.  “D” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

 

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

 

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

 

Note:  The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below “B.”

 

Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

 

·          The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

·          The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

·          The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

·          The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

·          The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

·          The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

 

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive.

 

Dominion

 

The Dominion long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligations has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low).” The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category.

 

AAA

Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 

AA

Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

A

Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA. May be

 

A-7


 

vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

BBB

Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

 

BB

Speculative, non-investment-grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

 

B

Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

 

CCC / CC / C

Very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although CC and C ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the CCC to B range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the C category.

 

D

A financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange. A downgrade to D may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods or extenuating circumstances may exist.

 

Municipal Note Ratings

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade.  These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels - “MIG 1” through “MIG 3”.  In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade.  MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

 

“MIG 1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

“MIG 2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

“MIG 3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.  Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality.  Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating.  The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments.  The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” scale.

 

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG 1”.

 

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 

A-8


 

“VMIG 1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“VMIG 2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“VMIG 3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.  Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality.  Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

S&P

 

An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

·                  Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

·                   Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

Note rating symbols are as follows:

 

“SP-1” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.

 

“SP-2” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

“SP-3” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

Fitch

 

Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

 

A-9


 

APPENDIX B

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

 

FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC.

 

Fort Washington’s policy is to vote proxies in the best interests of the Fund at all times.  Fort Washington has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of the Fund in accordance with its fiduciary duties and SEC rules governing investment advisers.  Reflecting a basic investment philosophy that good management is shareholder focused, proxy votes will generally be cast in support of management on routine corporate matters and in support of any management proposal that is plainly in the interest of all shareholders.  Specifically, proxy votes generally will be cast in favor of proposals that:

 

·                   maintain or strengthen the shared interests of stockholders and management;

 

·                   increase shareholder value; and

 

·                   maintain or increase shareholder rights generally.

 

Proxy votes will generally be cast against proposals having the opposite effect of the above.  Where Fort Washington perceives that a management proposal, if approved, would tend to limit or reduce the market value of the company’s securities, it will generally vote against it.  Fort Washington generally supports shareholder rights and recapitalization measures undertaken unilaterally by boards of directors properly exercising their responsibilities and authority, unless we believe such measures could have the effect of reducing shareholder rights or potential shareholder value.  In cases where shareholder proposals challenge such actions, Fort Washington’s voting position will generally favor not interfering with the directors’ proper function in the interest of all shareholders.

 

Fort Washington may delegate its responsibilities under its proxy voting procedures to a third party, provided that Fort Washington retains final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting.  Fort Washington has retained Risk Metrics to assist it in the proxy voting process and will use Risk Metrics’ proxy voting guidelines as a resource in its proxy voting.

 

Fort Washington will review proxies to assess the extent, if any, to which there may be a material conflict between it and the interests of the Fund.  If Fort Washington determines that a potential conflict may exist, it will be reported to the Proxy Voting Committee.  The Proxy Voting Committee is authorized to resolve any conflict in a manner that is in the collective best interests of the Fund (excluding a potential conflict).  The Proxy Voting Committee may resolve a potential conflict in any of the following manners:

 

·                   If the proposal is specifically addressed in the proxy voting procedures, Fort Washington may vote the proxy in accordance with these policies, provided that such pre-determined policy involves little discretion on Fort Washington’s part;

·                   Fort Washington may engage an independent third party to determine how the proxy should be voted;

·                   Fort Washington may establish an ethical wall or other informational barriers between the person involved in the potential conflict and the persons making the voting decision in order to insulate the potential conflict from the decision maker.

 

B-1



 

CLEARARC CAPITAL

 

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

 

Policy

 

ClearArc shall vote proxies of the Funds in accordance with the policies/guidelines of an independent service provider (currently, Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”)), unless (1) ClearArc determines that it is not in the best interest of the Fund to vote in accordance with ISS’ policies/guidelines or (2) ISS does not provide a recommendation with respect to the particular matter.  In both cases, ClearArc will make the decision as to how proxies should be voted, provided, however, that the vote does not present a conflict between interests of the Fund, on the one hand, and those of ClearArc, on the other.

 

Fiduciary Duty

 

The right to vote a proxy with respect to portfolio securities held in portfolios of the Funds is an asset of the Funds.  ClearArc acknowledges that it acts as a fiduciary of the Funds and that it will vote proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of the Funds and its shareholders.

 

B-2


 

WESTFIELD CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, L.P.

SUMMARY OF PROXY VOTING POLICIES

 

Westfield has contracted with Institutional Shareholder Services (the “vendor”) to assist in the proxy voting process, as well as to provide corporate governance research.  Westfield utilizes the vendor’s platform to manage and maintain documentation to substantiate the manner in which Westfield votes.  Westfield utilizes the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines which are available on Westfield’s website (www.westfieldcapital.com).  Westfield will vote proxies in accordance with the written guidelines unless the security analyst covering the company believes that following the guidelines would not be in the Fund’s best interests.

 

If a conflict of interest should arise when voting proxies, it is reviewed by the Compliance team and if necessary, also by Westfield’s Operating and Risk Management Committee.  In such instances, Westfield will vote proxies in line with the vendor’s recommendations.

 

B-3


 

BARROW HANLEY MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC

 

Proxy Voting

 

For clients who so elect, BHMS has the responsibility to vote proxies for portfolio securities consistent with the best economic interests of the beneficial owners. BHMS maintains written policies and procedures as to the handling, research, voting, and reporting of proxy voting and makes appropriate disclosures about the Firm’s policies and procedures to clients.  BHMS provides information to clients about how their proxies were voted and retains records related to proxy voting.

 

To assist in the proxy voting process, BHMS retains the services of Glass Lewis & Co. to provide research on corporate governance, financial statements, business, legal and accounting risk and supplies proxy voting recommendations.  Glass Lewis also provides proxy execution, record keeping, and reporting services.

 

BHMS has implemented a Proxy Oversight Committee to organize, review and evaluate the data and recommendations and manage the voting process to completion.

 

Proxy Oversight Committee

 

·                   BHMS’ Proxy Oversight Committee reviews and evaluates the data and recommendations provided by the proxy service along with its own internal research on each company to ensure that all votes are consistent with the Firm’s policies and are in the best interest of the beneficial owners.  Every proxy vote must be approved by BHMS before submitting to the proxy service provider.

 

·                   The Proxy Oversight Committee includes two portfolio managers, five research analysts, one client service specialist and one proxy coordinator.  Research analysts participate based on industry coverage.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

·                   All proxies are voted uniformly in accordance with the Firm’s policies, including proxies of companies that are also clients, thereby eliminating any potential conflicts of interest.

 

Policies and Procedures

 

The Director of Equity Operations, who serves as proxy coordinator, is responsible for implementing and monitoring BHMS’ proxy voting policy, procedures, disclosures and recordkeeping, including outlining our voting guidelines in our procedures.  The Proxy Oversight Committee conducts regular reviews to monitor and ensure that the Firm’s policy is observed, implemented properly, and amended or updated, as appropriate.

 

·                   BHMS sends a daily electronic transfer of all stock positions to the proxy service provider.

·                   The proxy service provider identifies all accounts eligible to vote for each security and posts the proposals and research on its secure, proprietary online system.

·                   Any new or controversial issues are presented to the Proxy Oversight Committee for evaluation.

·                   Domestic Equity Accounts

The proxy coordinator reviews each proposal and evaluates the proxy service provider’s recommendations.  If further research is required, the proxy coordinator will direct the proxy service provider’s research to the analyst following the security.  Generally, proposals are voted in accordance with the proxy service provider’s recommendations unless BHMS overrides a specific issue.  The proxy coordinator approves all voting decisions through the proxy service provider’s secure, proprietary, online system.

Small Cap Equity Accounts

The small cap portfolio management team reviews every small cap proxy proposal and decides how each will be voted on a case-by-case basis. The proxy coordinator approves all voting decisions to the proxy service provider through its secure, proprietary, online system.

International Value and Diversified Small Cap Value Accounts

All proxies are voted uniformly in accordance with the proxy service provider’s recommendations.

·                   The proxy service provider verifies that every vote is received, voted, and recorded.

·                   BHMS sends a proxy report to each client, at least annually (or as requested by client), listing the number of shares voted and disclosing how each proxy was voted.

 

B-4


 

·                   All voting records are retained on the network, which is backed up daily.  The proxy service provider retains records for seven years.

·                   BHMS’ guidelines addressing specific issues are available upon request by calling 214-665-1900 or by e-mailing:  clientservices@barrowhanley.com.

·                   BHMS will identify any conflicts that exist between the interests of the Firm and the client by reviewing the relationship of the Firm with the issuer of each security to determine whether the Firm or any of its employees have any financial, business, or personal relationship with the issuer.

·                   If a material conflict of interest exists, the proxy coordinator will determine whether it is appropriate to disclose the conflict with the affected clients, to give the clients an opportunity to vote the proxies themselves, or to address the voting issue through other objective means, such as voting in a manner consistent with a predetermined voting policy or receiving an independent third party voting recommendation.

·                   BHMS will maintain a record of the voting resolution of any conflict of interest.

·                   The proxy coordinator retains the following proxy records in accordance with the SEC’s five-year retention requirement:

 

·                   These policies and procedures and any amendments;

·                   A record of each vote cast; and

·                   Any document BHMS created that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies, or that memorializes that decision.

 

The director of equity operations, who serves as proxy coordinator, is responsible for implementing and monitoring BHMS’ proxy voting policy, procedures, disclosures and recordkeeping, including outlining the Firm’s voting guidelines in its procedures.

 

Revised December 31, 2011

 

B-5


 

NAVELLIER & ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

Navellier’s proxy voting policies and procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in an appropriate manner.  In the absence of specific voting guidelines from the Fund, Navellier will vote proxies in a manner that is in the best interests of the Fund, which may result in different voting results for proxies for the same issuer.  Navellier shall consider only those factors that relate to the Fund’s investment or dictated by the Fund’s written instructions, including how its vote will economically impact and affect the value of the Fund’s investment (keeping in mind that, after conducting an appropriate cost-benefit analysis, not voting at all on a presented proposal may be in the best interest of the Fund).  Navellier has adopted specific voting policies for voting proxies with respect to routine issues, such as board of directors, reclassification of common stock and independent auditors.  Navellier has adopted specific voting policies for voting non-routine issues, such as mergers and anti-greenmail provisions.  The following are examples of Navellier’s policies on specific matters involving routine and non-routine issues:

 

·                   Navellier will generally vote for the election of directors (where no corporate governance issues are implicated).

·                   Navellier will generally vote for proposals that maintain or increase the rights of shareholders.

·                   Navellier will generally vote for management proposals for merger or reorganization if the transaction appears to offer fair value.

 

If the proxy includes a routine item that implicates corporate governance changes, a non-routine item where no specific policy applies or a conflict of interest where no specific policy applies, Navellier may engage Risk Metrics to determine how the proxies should be voted.  If an actual or potential conflict is found to exist, written notification of the conflict will be given to the Fund describing Navellier’s vote recommendation or requesting the Fund to vote the proxy directly.  If the Fund has not responded before the response deadline, Navellier may engage a non-interested party to independently review Navellier’s vote recommendation if the vote is in favor of Navellier’s interest, cast its vote as recommended if the vote is against Navellier’s interest or abstain from voting if Navellier determines this to be in the best interest of the Fund.

 

B-6


 

APEX CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Proxy Voting Guidelines:

 

Apex Capital Management has delegated to its Treasurer the authority to execute all proxies and vote in the clients’ best interest.  Generally we will vote for managements’ recommendations on recurring items.  Specific situations may require unique responses that will be directed by the Chief Investment Officer.  Proxies are voted for ERISA accounts as a matter of policy.  For non-ERISA accounts proxy voting is the responsibility of the individual investor unless Apex is requested in writing to do so.

 

General Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

Apex Capital Management has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, Apex Capital Management reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Apex Capital Management may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can Apex Capital Management anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and Apex devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.

 

Apex Capital Management Proxy Voting Policies and Principles

 

Apex Capital Management’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of Apex’s organization, including portfolio management, and Apex officers. The following guidelines reflect what we believe to be good corporate governance and behavior:

 

Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. Apex supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Apex will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. Apex will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Apex will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. Apex evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. Apex Capital Management generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Apex Capital Management will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

 

Ratification of Auditors: In light of several high profile accounting scandals, Apex Capital Management will closely scrutinize the role and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Apex Capital Management will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Apex will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.

 

Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. Apex believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. Apex evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. Apex will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

 

Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although Apex will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. Apex will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.

 

Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: Apex Capital Management generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. Apex generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a

 

B-7


 

shareholder vote. Apex will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. We will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, We generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” Apex usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting.

 

Changes to Capital Structure: Apex realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. Apex will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. Apex will generally not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Apex will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. Apex will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.

 

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. Apex will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a case-by-case basis.

 

Social and Corporate Policy Issues: As a fiduciary, Apex is primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients. Apex will generally give management discretion with regard to social, environmental and ethical issues although Apex may vote in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or implications.

 

The firm provides clients with this notification by investment advisory contract.

 

B-8


 

SANDS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

 

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

 

Most Recent Amendment: January 2011

 

Implementation Date: November 2006

 

Issue

 

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every registered investment adviser to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients.  The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting.  The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request.  Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

 

SCM votes proxies for a significant number of its clients, and therefore has adopted and implemented this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.

 

Policy

 

It is the policy of SCM to vote client proxies in the best interest of our clients.  Proxies are an asset of a client account, which should be treated by SCM with the same care, diligence, and loyalty as any asset belonging to a client. Consideration will be given to both the short and long term implications of each proposal to be voted on.

 

Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by an advisory client or its designated agent in writing will supersede this policy.  Clients may wish to have their proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the client’s expense.

 

Procedures for SCM’s Receipt of Class Actions. The following procedures outline SCM’s receipt of “Class Action” documents from clients and custodians:

 

SCM will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any client.  If “Class Action” documents are received by SCM from a client’s custodian, SCM will make a best effort to forward the documents to the client.  Likewise if “Class Action documents are received by SCM from a client, SCM will make a best effort to gather, at the client’s request, any requisite information it has regarding the matter and forward it to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action”.

 

Proxy Committee. SCM has established a Proxy Committee.  The Proxy Committee consists of three permanent members (the Chief Operating Officer, Director of Client Services, Director of Compliance) and one or more rotating members (Portfolio Managers).  The Proxy Committee meets at least annually and as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities.  A majority of the members of the Proxy Committee constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.  The Director of Client Services acts as secretary of the Proxy Committee and maintains a record of Proxy Committee meetings and actions.

 

The Proxy Committee is responsible for (i) the oversight and administration of proxy voting on behalf of SCM’s clients, including developing, authorizing, implementing and updating this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures; (ii) overseeing the proxy voting process; and (iii) engaging and overseeing any third-party service provider as voting agent to receive proxy statements and/or to provide information, research or other services intended to facilitate the proxy voting decisions made by SCM.  The Proxy Committee reviews reports on SCM’s proxy voting activity at least annually and as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities.

 

The Proxy Committee has developed a set of criteria for evaluating proxy issues.  These criteria and general voting guidelines are set forth in SCM’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Attachment C.  The Proxy Committee may amend or supplement the Guidelines from time to time.  All Guidelines are to be applied generally and not absolutely, such that the evaluation of each proposal will be performed in the context of the Guidelines giving appropriate consideration to the circumstances of the company whose proxy is being voted.

 

Procedures For Identification and Voting of Proxies. The following procedures are designed to enable SCM to resolve material conflicts of interest before voting client proxies.

 

B-9


 

SCM maintains a list of all clients for which it votes proxies.  The list may be maintained either in hard copy or electronically and is updated by the Director of Client Services or a designee who obtains proxy voting information from client agreements.

 

As part of the account opening procedure, the Director of Client Services will note whether or not SCM is responsible for voting proxies for the new client.

 

In cases where it has been designated to vote client proxies, SCM works with the client to ensure that SCM is the designated party to receive proxy voting materials from companies or intermediaries.

 

The Director of Client Services receives all proxy voting materials and has overall responsibility for ensuring that proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner.  Prior to a proxy voting deadline, the appropriate Research Analyst will make a determination as to how to vote each proxy proposal based on his or her analysis of the proposal and the Guidelines.  In evaluating a proxy proposal, an analyst may consider information from a number of sources, including management of the company, shareholder groups and independent proxy research services.

 

SCM Staff Members will reasonably try to assess whether there are any material conflicts between SCM’s interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting by considering the situations identified in the Conflicts of Interest section of this document.

 

So long as no material conflicts of interest have been identified, SCM will vote proxies according to SCM’s policy.  SCM may also elect not to vote if it deems doing so in its clients’ best interest.  (See #8 and Proxies of Certain Non-U.S. Issuers below.)  The rationale for not voting a client proxy will be documented and the documentation will be maintained in SCM’s permanent files.

 

Upon detection of a conflict of interest, the conflict will be brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for resolution.  See Conflicts of Interest section for additional information.

 

SCM is not required to vote every client proxy provided that electing not to vote is consistent with SCM’s fiduciary obligations.  SCM shall at no time ignore or neglect its proxy voting responsibilities.  However, there may be times when refraining from voting is in the client’s best interest, such as when an analysis of a particular client proxy reveals that the cost of voting the proxy may exceed the expected benefit to the client.  See Proxies of Certain Non-U.S. Issuers below,

 

The Director of Client Services and the Research Analyst will report any attempts by SCM’s personnel to influence the voting of client proxies in a manner that is inconsistent with SCM’s policy, as well as any attempts by persons or entitles outside SCM seeking to influence the voting of client proxies.  Such report shall be made to SCM’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), or if the CCO is the person attempting to influence the voting, then to SCM’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

All proxy votes will be recorded and the following information will be maintained:

 

·                   The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

·                   The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security;

·                   The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the portfolio security;

·                   The shareholder meeting date;

·                   The number of shares SCM is voting firm-wide;

·                   A brief identification of the matter voted on;

·                   Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

·                   Whether or not SCM cast its vote on the matter;

·                   How SCM cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of directors);

·                   Whether SCM cast its vote with or against management; and

·                   Whether any client requested an alternative vote of its proxy.

 

In the event that SCM votes the same proxy in two directions, it shall maintain documentation to support its voting (this may occur if a client requires SCM to vote a certain way on an issue, while SCM deems it beneficial to vote in the opposite direction for its other clients) in SCM’s permanent files.

 

Loaned Securities. When an SCM client participates in a securities lending program, SCM will not be able to vote the proxy of the shares out on loan.  SCM will generally not seek to recall for voting the client shares on loan.  However, under rare circumstances, for voting issues that may have a particularly significant impact on the investment, SCM may request a client to recall securities that are on loan if we determine that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities The research analyst who is responsible for voting the proxy will notify the Proxy Committee in the event they believe a recall of loaned securities is necessary.

 

B-10


 

In determining whether a recall of a security is warranted (“Significant Event”), SCM will take into consideration whether the benefit of the vote would be in the client’s best interest despite the costs and the lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities.  SCM may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event constitutes a Significant Event.

 

The Proxy Committee will review the proxy proposals that have been determined to be Significant Events from time to time and will adjust the foregoing standard as it deems necessary.

 

Proxies of Certain Non-U.S. Issuers. It is SCM’s policy to seek to vote all proxies for securities held in client accounts for which we have proxy voting authority where SCM can reasonably determine that voting such proxies will be in the best interest of its clients.

 

Voting proxies of issuers in non-US markets may give rise to a number of administrative/operational issues that may cause SCM to determine that voting such proxies are not in the best interest of its clients or that it is not reasonably possible to determine whether voting such proxies will be in the best interests of its clients.  While not exhaustive, the following list of considerations highlights some potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.

 

SCM may receive meeting notices without enough time to fully consider the proxy or after the cut-off date for voting.

 

Some markets require SCM to provide local agents with a power of attorney or consularization prior to implementing SCM’s voting instructions.

 

Proxy material may not be available in English. SCM may be unable to enter an informed vote in certain circumstances due to the lack of information provided in the proxy statement or by the issuer or other resolution sponsor, and may not vote in those instances.

 

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.”   Shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting with a designated depositary.  During this blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to the clients’ custodian banks.  Absent compelling reasons to the contrary, SCM believes that the benefit to the client of exercising the vote is outweighed by the cost of voting (i.e., not being able to sell the shares during this period).  Accordingly, if share blocking is required SCM generally elects not to vote those shares.  The Portfolio Manager or Research Analyst in conjunction with the Proxy Committee retains the final authority to determine whether to block the shares in the client’s portfolio or to pass on voting the meeting.

 

Conflicts of Interest. Although SCM has not currently identified any material conflicts of interest that would affect its proxy voting decisions, it is aware of the following potential conflicts that could exist in the future:

 

·                   SCM is retained by a firm, or is in the process of being retained by a firm, which is affiliated with an issuer that is held in SCM’s client portfolios.

 

·                   SCM is retained by an individual, or is in the process of being retained by an individual, who is an officer or director of an issuer that is held in SCM’s client portfolios.

 

·                   SCM’s Staff Members maintain a personal and/or business relationship (not an advisory relationship) with issuers or individuals that serve as officers or directors of issuers.  For example, the spouse of an SCM Staff Member may be a high-level executive of an issuer that is held in SCM’s client portfolios.  The spouse could attempt to influence SCM to vote in favor of management.

 

Conflict:   SCM or a Staff Member(s) personally owns a significant number of an issuer’s securities that are also held in SCM’s client portfolios.  The Staff Member(s) may seek to vote proxies in a different direction for his/her personal holdings than would otherwise be warranted by SCM’s policy.  The Staff Member(s) could oppose voting the proxies according to the policy and successfully influence SCM to vote proxies in contradiction to the policy.

 

Resolution. SCM realizes that, due to the difficulty of predicting and identifying all material conflicts, it must rely on its Staff Members to notify the Director of Client Services and/or the CCO of any material conflict that may impair SCM’s ability to vote proxies in an objective manner.  Upon such notification, the Director of Client Services and/or the CCO will notify the Proxy Committee of the conflict.

 

In the event that the Proxy Committee determines that SCM has a conflict of interest with respect to a proxy proposal, the Proxy Committee shall also determine whether the conflict is “material” to that proposal.  The Proxy Committee may determine on a case

 

B-11


 

by-case basis that a particular proposal does not involve a material conflict of interest.  To make this determination, the Proxy Committee must conclude that the proposal is not directly related to SCM’s conflict with the issuer.  If the Proxy Committee determines that a conflict is not material, then SCM may vote the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of the Research Analyst.

 

In the event that the Proxy Committee determines that SCM has a material conflict of interest with respect to a proxy proposal, SCM will vote on the proposal in accordance with the determination of the Proxy Committee.  Prior to voting on the proposal, SCM may (i) contact an independent third party (such as another plan fiduciary) to recommend how to vote on the proposal and vote in accordance with the recommendation of such third party (or have the third party vote such proxy); or (ii) with respect to client accounts that are not subject to ERISA, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client and obtain the client’s consent as to how SCM will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client as to how to vote the proxy).

 

Recordkeeping. SCM must maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years in an easily accessible place, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business.  Director of Client Services will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.

 

Client request to review proxy votes:

 

Any request, whether written (including e-mail) or oral, received by any Staff Member of SCM, must be promptly reported to the Director of Client Services.  All written requests must be retained in the permanent file.

 

The Director of Client Services will record the identity of the client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to client’s request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.) in a suitable place.

 

Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the 5-year period prior to their request.

 

Proxy statements received regarding client securities: Upon receipt of a proxy, copy or print a sample of the proxy statement or card and maintain the copy in a central file along with a sample of the proxy solicitation instructions.

 

Note: SCM is permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.

 

Proxy voting records: Documents prepared or created by SCM that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision. Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third-party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.

 

Disclosure. SCM will ensure that Part II of Form ADV is updated as necessary to reflect:  (i) all material changes to the Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures; and (ii) information about how clients may obtain information on how SCM voted their securities.

 

Proxy Solicitation. As a matter of practice, it is SCM’s policy to not reveal or disclose to any client how SCM may have voted (or intends to vote) on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholder’s meeting.

 

The Director of Client Services is to be promptly informed of the receipt of any solicitation from any person to vote proxies on behalf of clients.  At no time may any Staff Member accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies.  The Director of Client Services shall handle all responses to such solicitations.

 

Responsibility. The Director of Client Services is responsible for overseeing and implementing this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.

 

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

 

One of the primary factors SCM considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management.  Accordingly, SCM believes that the recommendation of management on any issue should be given substantial weight in determining how proxy issues are resolved.  As a matter of practice, SCM will vote on most issues presented in a portfolio company proxy statement in accordance with the position of the company’s management, unless SCM determines that voting in accordance with management’s recommendation would adversely affect the investment merits of owning the stock.  However, SCM will consider each issue on its own merits, and will not support the position of the company’s management in any situation where, in SCM’s judgment, it would not be in the best interests of the client to do so.

 

B-12


 

I. The Board of Directors

 

A.                                                  Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

 

Votes on director nominees are made on a case-by-case basis, and may consider the following factors:

 

·                                          Long-term corporate performance record relative to a market index;

·                                          Composition of board and key board committees;

·                                          Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;

·                                          Board decisions regarding executive pay;

·                                          Director compensation;

 

B.                                                  Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

 

C.  Voting for Director Nominees in Contest Elections

 

Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, and may consider the following factors:

 

·                                          long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

·                                          management’s track record;

·                                          background to the proxy contest;

·                                          qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

·                                          evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and

·                                          stock ownership positions.

 

Size of the Board. Proposals to limit the size of the Board should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

 

II. Auditors

 

Ratifying Auditors. We generally vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless:  an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

 

III. Proxy Contest Defenses

 

Cumulative Voting. We vote against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting. We vote for proposals to permit cumulative voting.

 

IV. Anti-Takeover Issues

 

We generally oppose anti-takeover measures because they reduce shareholder rights.  However, as with all proxy issues, we conduct and independent review of each anti-takeover proposal.  On occasion, we may vote with management when it is concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm clients’ interests as shareholders.  Anti-takeover issues include the following:

 

Poison Pills. The “poison pill” entitles shareholders to purchase certain securities at discount prices in the event of a change in corporate control.  Such a measure would make a potential takeover prohibitively expensive to the acquirer.

 

We review on a case-by-case basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

 

Fair Price Provisions. Fair price provisions attempt to ensure approximately equal treatment for all shareholders in the event of a full-scale takeover.  Typically, such a provision requires would-be acquirers that have established threshold positions in target companies at given per-share prices to pay at least as much if they opt for complete control, unless certain conditions are met.

 

We vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

 

Greenmail. Proposals relating to the prohibition of “greenmail” are designed to disallow the repurchase of stock from a person or group owning 5% or more of the company’s common stock, unless approved by the disinterested holders of two-thirds or more of the

 

B-13


 

outstanding stock.  They could also prevent the company from repurchasing any class of stock at a price more than 5% above the current fair market price, unless an offer is made to all shareholders.

 

We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

We review on a case-by-case basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

Superstock. Another takeover defense is superstock, i.e., shares that give holders disproportionate voting rights.  For example, one company proposed authorizing a class of preferred stock which “could be issued in a private placement with one or more institutional investors” and “could be designated as having voting rights which might dilute or limit the present voting rights of the holders of common stock….”  The purpose of this additional class of stock would be to give insiders an edge in fending off an unsolicited or hostile takeover attempt.

 

We will review on case-by-case basis proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of “superstock”.

 

Supermajority Rules. Supermajority provisions require approval by holders of minimum amounts of the common shares (usually 75% to 80%).  While applied mainly to merger bids, supermajority rules also may be extended to cover substantive transfers of corporate assets, liquidations, reverse splits and removal of directors for reasons other than cause.  A supermajority provision would make it nearly impossible in some cases for shareholders to benefit from a takeover attempt.

 

a.               Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

 

We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

b.               Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

 

We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

 

We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

 

Board Classification. High on the agenda of defense-minded corporate executives are staggered terms for directors, whereby only some (typically one-third) of the directors are elected each year.  The “staggered board” acts as a bar to unwelcome takeover bids.  An aggressive, affluent acquirer would need two years to gain a working majority of directors at a company whose board members are elected to staggered three-year terms of office.

 

We vote against proposals to classify the board.

 

We vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and elect all directors annually.

 

IV. Miscellaneous Governance Provision

 

Bundled Proposals. We review on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals.  In this case where items are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packages items.  In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholder’s best interests, we vote against the proposals.  If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

 

V. Capital Structure

 

A.  Common Stock Authorization. We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue.

 

B.  Debt Restructuring. We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan.

 

B-14


 

VI. Executive and Director Compensation

 

In general, we vote on a case-by-case basis on executive and director compensation plans, including stock option plans, with the view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder wealth.

 

State of Incorporation

 

A.  Voting on State Takeover Statutes. We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freeze-out provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions and disgorgement provisions).

 

B. Voting on Reincorporation Proposals. Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation are examined on a case-by-case basis.

 

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

 

A. Mergers and Acquisitions. Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a case-by-case basis.

 

B. Corporate Restructuring. Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeeze outs, leveraged buyout, spin-offs, liquidations and asset sales are considered on a case-by-case basis.

 

C. Spin-offs. Votes on spin-offs are considered on a case-by-case basis.

 

D. Changing Corporate Name. We generally vote for changing the corporate name.

 

IX. Social and Environmental Issues

 

Consistent with its fiduciary duty to clients, SCM will vote on social issues with a view toward promoting good corporate citizenship.  However, SCM realizes that it cannot require a portfolio company to go beyond applicable legal requirements or put itself in a non-competitive position.  Social responsibility issues may include proposals regarding the following:

 

·                   Ecological issues, including toxic hazards and pollution of the air and water;

 

·                   Employment practices, such as the hiring of women and minority groups;

 

·                   Product quality and safety;

 

·                   Advertising practices;

 

·                   Animal rights, including testing, experimentation and factory farming;

 

·                   Military and nuclear issues; and

 

·                   International politics and operations, including the world debt crisis, infant formula, U.S. corporate activity in Northern Ireland, and the policy of apartheid in South Africa.

 

We review on a case-by-case basis proposals regarding social or environmental issues.

 

 TSF-54-TST-SAI-1404

 

B-15


 

PART C. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28.    Exhibits:

 

(a)(1)                             Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993 and Amendment No. 1 dated May 24, 1994, Amendment No. 2 dated February 28, 1997 and Amendment No. 3 dated August 11, 1997, are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 002-80859), filed with the SEC on July 31, 1998.

 

(a)(2)                             Amendment No. 4 to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 12, 1998 and Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 16, 2000 and April 6, 2000 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 002-80859), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000.

 

(a)(3)                             Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 21, 2000 and March 27, 2001 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.

 

(a)(4)                             Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 28, 2002 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 6, 2002.

 

(a)(5)                             Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 7, 2002 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003.

 

(a)(6)                             Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated April 14, 2004 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004.

 

(a)(7)                             Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 3, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006.

 

(a)(8)                             Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 30, 2004 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009.

 

(a)(9)                             Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 22, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009.

 

(a)(10)                      Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 15, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009.

 

(a)(11)                      Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 22, 2007 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009.

 

(a)(12)                      Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1)(l) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on November 30, 2011.

 

(a)(13)                      Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

1


 

(a)(14)                      Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated July 31, 2013 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 22, 2014.

 

(b)                                            By-Laws and Amendments to By-Laws dated July 17, 1984 and April 5, 1989 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 31, 1998.

 

(c)                                             Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(d)(1)(a)              Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. dated May 1, 2000, is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007.

 

(d)(1)(b)              Amended Schedule 1, dated April 23, 2014, to the Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000 between Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith.

 

(d)(1)(c)               Amendment to the Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(d)(2)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. with respect to the Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2010.

 

(d)(3)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Navellier & Associates, Inc. for the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009.

 

(d)(4)                             Amendment to Sub-Advisory Agreement with Navellier & Associates, Inc. for the Large Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(vi)(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 2, 2005.

 

(d)(5)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. with respect to the Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2008.

 

(d)(6)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Ibbotson Associates, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund and Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 86 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 20, 2012.

 

(d)(7)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 31, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Analytic Investors, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 98 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2013.

 

(d)(8)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Value Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

2


 

(d)(9)                             Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC with respect to the Touchstone International Small Cap Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(o) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(d)(10)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC with respect to the Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(r) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(d)(11)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Focused Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(s) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(d)(12)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 31, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Capital Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 98 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2013.

 

(d)(13)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 26, 2013 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Apex Capital Management, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Small Cap Growth Value Fund, is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013.

 

(d)(14)(i)           Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and ClearArc Capital, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Flexible Income Fund (formerly Touchstone Strategic Income Fund) is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(w) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(d)(14)(ii)        Amendment to Sub-Advisory Agreement dated May 31, 2013 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and ClearArc Capital, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Flexible Income Fund  is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(18)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 98 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2013.

 

(d)(15)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(d)(16)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC with respect to the Touchstone International Value Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (6)(y) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(d)(17)                      Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 23, 2014 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Sands Capital Management, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund, filed herewith.

 

(e)(1)                              Distribution Agreement with Touchstone Securities, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.

 

(e)(2)                              Form of Underwriter’s Dealer Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 10, 2004.

 

(f)                                              Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009.

 

3


 

(g)                                             Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2008.

 

(h)(1)                             Recordkeeping Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 5, 2004.

 

(h)(2)                             Amended Administration Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. dated January 1, 2007 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007.

 

(h)(3)                             Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(h)(3)(i)                  Amendment to the Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(h)(3)(ii)               Amended and Restated Exhibit A dated September 6, 2012 to the Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement dated November 5, 2011 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(p) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(h)(4)                             Transfer Agency and Shareholder Services Agreement with BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(h)(4)(i)                  Amendment to the Transfer Agency and Shareholder Services Agreement with BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(h)(4)(ii)               Amended and Restated Schedule B dated September 6, 2012 to the Transfer Agency and Shareholder Services Agreement dated December 5, 2011 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(h)(5)                             State Filing Services Agreement between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., dated December 5, 2011 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(h)(5)(i)                  Amended and Restated Schedule A to the State Filing Services Agreement between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14  (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(h)(5)(ii)               Amended and Restated Schedule A dated September 6, 2012 to the State Filing Services Agreement dated December 5, 2011 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(o) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-182177), filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012.

 

(h)(6)                             Allocation Agreement for Allocation of Fidelity Bond Proceeds is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

4


 

(h)(7)                             Expense Limitation Agreement dated April 16, 2012 with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Value Fund, Touchstone International Small Cap Fund, Touchstone Capital Growth Fund, Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund and Touchstone Focused Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(l) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

 

(h)(8)                             Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement dated July 29, 2013 and Schedules A, B, and C between Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 22, 2014.

 

(h)(9)                             Securities Lending Agency Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. dated February 1, 2013 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on October 25, 2013.

 

(i)                                                Opinion of Vedder Price, P.C. is filed herewith.

 

(j)                                               Not applicable.

 

(k)                                            Not Applicable.

 

(l)                                                Copy of Letter of Initial Stockholder, which was filed as an Exhibit to Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

(m)(1)                         Registrant’s Plans of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class A shares and Class C shares are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000.

 

(m)(2)                         Registrant’s Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class B shares is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001.

 

(m)(3)                         Registrant’s Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class A shares with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund, Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund, Touchstone International Equity Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund, Touchstone Value Fund, Touchstone International Small Cap Fund, Touchstone Capital Growth Fund, Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Focused Fund, Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Flexible Income Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

(m)(4)                         Registrant’s Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class C shares with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund, Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund, Touchstone International Equity Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund, Touchstone Value Fund, Touchstone International Small Cap Fund, Touchstone Capital Growth Fund, Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Focused Fund, Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Flexible Income Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

(n)                                            Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

5


 

(n)(1)                             Amended Schedule A dated August 26, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (n)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on October 25, 2013.

 

(o)                                            Reserved.

 

(p)(1)                             Code of Ethics for Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Securities, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 98 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2013.

 

(p)(2)                             Code of Ethics for Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(p)(3)                             Code of Ethics for Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013.

 

(p)(4)                             Code of Ethics for Navellier & Associates is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004.

 

(p)(5)                             Code of Ethics for Analytic Investors, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(p)(6)                             Code of Ethics for Ibbotson Associates, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(p)(7)                             Code of Ethics for Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

(p)(8)                             Code of Ethics for Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(p)(9)                             Code of Ethics for Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(p)(10)                      Code of Ethics for Thompson Siegel & Walmsley, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.

 

(p)(11)                      Code of Ethics for DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

(p)(12)                      Code of Ethics for ClearArc Capital, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 8, 2012.

 

(p)(13)                      Code of Ethics for Apex Capital Management, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013.

 

6


 

(p)(13)                      Code of Ethics for Sands Capital Management, LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to Touchstone Funds Group Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 033-70958 and 811-08104), filed with the SEC on August 6, 2004.

 

(q)                                            Power of Attorney dated January 3, 2014 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (q) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 22, 2014..

 

Item 29.    Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Registrant

 

None.

 

Item 30.    Indemnification

 

(a)  Article VI of the Registrant’s Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of officers and Trustees as follows:

 

Section 6.4 Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc.

 

The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers, including persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants’ and counsel fees, incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office (“disabling conduct”).  Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject unless (1) a final decision on the merits is made by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended nor parties to the proceeding “disinterested, non-party Trustees”), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

 

Section 6.5 Advances of Expenses.

 

The Trust shall advance attorneys’ fees or other expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a proceeding, upon the undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay the advance unless it is ultimately determined that such Covered Person is entitled to indemnification, so long as one of the following conditions is met: (i) the Covered Person shall provide security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested non-party Trustees of the Trust, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 6.6 Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc.

 

The right of indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled.  As used in this Article VI, “Covered Person” shall include such person’s heirs, executors and administrators, an “interested Covered Person” is one against whom the action, suit or other proceeding in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened, and a “disinterested” person is a person against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened.  Nothing contained in this article shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any such person.

 

7


 

(b)  The Registrant maintains a mutual fund and investment advisory professional and directors and officer’s liability policy.  The policy provides coverage to the Registrant, its trustees and officers and includes losses by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty.  The Registrant may not pay for insurance that protects the Trustees and officers against liabilities arising from action involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices.

 

The advisory agreements and the sub-advisory agreements provide that Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (or a sub-advisor) shall not be liable for any act or omission in the course of rendering services, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard by Touchstone (or a sub-advisor) of its obligations under the agreement.

 

Item 31.    BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISORS

 

A.               Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Advisor”) is a registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory services to the Touchstone Fund Complex.  The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of the Advisor.  Unless otherwise noted, the address of the corporations listed below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

 


*The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

 

(1)  Jill T. McGruder — CEO and Director Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)  President and Chief Executive Officer - IFS Financial Services, Inc.

(b)  President and Chief Executive Officer - Integrity Life Insurance Co.

(c)  President and Chief Executive Officer - National Integrity Life Insurance Co.

(d)  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer - Cincinnati Analysts, Inc.

(e)  President - Touchstone Fund Complex

(f)  Senior Vice President - Western & Southern Financial Group*

(g) Senior Vice President - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*

(h) Director — Western & Southern Financial Group*, Cincinnati Analysts, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Co., National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Touchstone Securities, Inc., Western & Southern Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, LaRosa’s, Inc. (2334 Boudinot Avenue Cincinnati, OH 45238)

 

(2)  Donald J. Wuebbling — Director - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)  Director - AM Concepts, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., IFS Agency Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Cincinnati Analysts, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company,* National Integrity Life Insurance Company,* WestAd Inc.*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Columbus Life Insurance Company*, IIS Broadway*

 

(3)  James J. Vance - Vice President and Treasurer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)  Vice President and Treasurer - Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., IFS Agency Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Lafayette Life Insurance Company, WestAd Inc.*, AM Concepts, Inc.*

 

(b)  Treasurer  Cincinnati Analysts, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC, Insurance Profillment Solutions*, Tristate Ventures, LLC*

 

(4)  Terrie A. Wiedenheft — Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)          Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer - IFS Financial Services, Inc.

 

(b)          Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.* and Touchstone Securities, Inc.

 

(c)           Chief Financial Officer - Cincinnati Analysts, Inc.

 

(d)          Senior Vice President - Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.

 

8


 

(e)           Vice President, Commission Accounting and Finance - Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company.

 

(f)            Treasurer and Controller - Touchstone Fund Complex

 

(5)  James N. Clark — Director - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)  Vice President, Director and Secretary - Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company*, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company*, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company.*

 

(b) Director - Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, IFS Agency Services, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Cincinnati Analysts, Inc., AM Concepts*, IFS Financial Services, Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, WestAd, Inc.*, Lafayette Life Insurance Company*, Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.

 

(6)  Rhonda S. Malone - Secretary - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a) Secretary - Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, IFS Agency Services Inc.

 

(b) Senior Counsel — Securities - Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*

 

(7)  Steven M. Graziano — President - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)  Vice President - Touchstone Fund Complex

 

(b)  President — Touchstone Securities, Inc.

 

(8)  Timothy S. Stearns — Chief Compliance Officer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Fund Complex

 

(9)  Timothy D. Paulin — Senior Vice President, Investment Research and Product Management — Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

 

(a)  Vice President - Touchstone Fund Complex

 

B.  Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (“Fort Washington”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Focused Fund.  Fort Washington serves as the sub-advisor to the Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and certain series of the Touchstone Variable Series Trust.  Fort Washington also provides investment advice to institutional and individual clients.  The address of Fort Washington is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati OH 45202. *The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

 

The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of Fort Washington.

 

(1)                            Maribeth S. Rahe, President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

(a)                                  Board Member, Executive/Foundation Committee of Cincinnati USA Regional Chamber; Leadership Development, Cincinnati USA Regional Chamber of Commerce; Life Trustee, New York Landmarks Conservancy; Life Trustee, Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke’s Medical Center; Board Member, Consolidated Communications Illinois Holdings Inc.; Chair, Audit Committee, Consolidated Communications Illinois Holdings, Inc.; Member, Nominating/Governance and Compensation Committees, Consolidated Communications Illinois Holdings, Inc.; Vice Chairman, Executive/Finance Committee, Cincinnati Arts Association; Advisory Board, Sisters of Notre Dame de Namur; Advisory Board, Williams College of Business, Xavier University; Advisory Board, CincyTech USA; Member, Partner-In-Action; Investment Committee, United Way of Cincinnati; Board Member, First Financial Bank; Member, Audit/Trust/M&A Committees, First Financial Bank; Executive Committee, Commonwealth Club

 

(b)                                  President & CEO of Tristate Ventures, LLC*

 

9


 

(c)                                   President, Buckeye Venture Partners, LLC

 

(d)                                  Director, Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments

 

(e)                                   President, W&S Investment Holdings, LLC

 

(f)                                    Manager, President & CEO, Peppertree Partners, LLC

 

(g)                                   Director, Chairman of the Board - Cincinnati Analysts, Inc.

 

(h)                                  President & CEO of Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC

 

(2)                            Nicholas P. Sargen, Chief Investment Officer and Director

 

(a)                                  Senior Vice President & Chief Investment Officer, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company,  National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company, Lafayette Life Insurance Company

 

(b)                                  Chief Investment Officer

 

(a)          Tristate Ventures, LLC*

(b)          Peppertree Partners, LLC

(c)           Buckeye Venture Partners, LLC

(d)          Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC

(e)           W&S Investment Holdings, LLC

 

(c)                                   Board of Trustees & Treasurer, Good Samaritan Hospital Foundation

 

(d)                                  Advisory Board, Xavier Department of Economics

 

(3)                            John F. Barrett, Chairman and Director

 

(a)                                  Chairman of Board & CEO, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company

 

(b)                                  Director & Chairman, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company; Lafayette Life Insurance Company

 

(c)                                   Director, Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments

 

(d)                                  Director, Chairman, President & CEO, WestAd, Inc.

 

(e)                                   President & Trustee, Western & Southern Financial Fund

 

(f)                                    Board Member, Convergys Corp, Cintas Corporation

 

(g)                                   Director, American Council of Life Insurers; Director, Financial Services Roundtable; Board Member, Americans for the Arts; Member & Executive Committee, Cincinnati Center City Development Corporation; Board of Governors, Cincinnati USA Partnership for Economic Development; Member, Cincinnati Business Committee; Co-Chairman, Greater Cincinnati Scholarship Association; Member, Cincinnati Equity Fund; Honorary Trustee, Sigma Alpha Epsilon Foundation; Chairman, Medical Center Fund, UC; Advisory Board, Barrett Cancer Center; Vice Chairman, UC Foundation Capital Campaign; Honorary Chairman, UC Presidential Bicentennial Commission

 

(4)                            Brendan M. White, Managing Director & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(5)                            James A. Markley, Managing Director

 

10


 

(a)                            Trustee & Board Member, Corbett Foundation

 

(6)                            Roger M. Lanham, Managing Director & Head Fixed Income Group

 

(7)                            John J. O’Connor, Managing Director

 

(a)                            Board of Directors, Friars Club Foundation, SC Ministry Foundation

 

(b)                            Investment Committee, Province of St. John the Baptist

 

(8)                            Timothy J. Policinksi, Managing Director & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(9)                            Michele Hawkins, Chief Compliance Officer & Managing Director

 

(a)                            Advisory Board Member, Xavier University Cintas Institute for Business Ethics & Social Responsibility

 

(b)                            Chief Compliance Officer, Peppertree Partners, LLC

 

(10)                     Margaret C. Bell, Managing Director

 

(11)                     Robert L. Walker, Director

 

(a)                            Director, Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Insurance Profillment Solutions, LLC, Western & Southern Agency, Inc.

 

(b)                            Board Member, Computer Services, Inc.; Board Member & Chairman, Tri-Health

 

(c)                             Director, Sr. Vice President, & Chief Financial Officer, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Lafayette Life Insurance Company

 

(d)                            Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company, W&S Financial Group, Inc., W&S Mutual Holding Company

 

(e)                             Board of Trustees, Bethesda, Inc.

 

(12)                     Richard R. Jandrain III, Managing Director & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(13)                     Terrie A. Wiedenheft, Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer — See biography above

 

(14)                     James J. Vance, Vice President & Treasurer — See biography above

 

(15)                     Stephen A. Baker, Managing Director & Deputy Head of Private Equity

 

(a)                            Board of Trustees, Walnut Hills High School Alumni Foundation, CH Mack, Inc.

 

(b)                            Vice President, Buckeye Venture Partners, LLC

 

(c)                             Manager, Peppertree Partners, LLC

 

(16)                     John P. Bessone, Vice President

 

(a)                            Board Member, Lumidign, Inc., Earthstone International

 

(17)                     Paul D. Cohn, Managing Director

 

(18)                     Rance G. Duke, Vice President Head Investment Grade Credit & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(a)                            Board Member & Chairman, Spring Grove Cemetery

 

11


 

(b)                            Treasurer, Bethesda Foundation; Board Member, Bethesda, Inc.

 

(c)                             Investment Committee, YMCA of Greater Cincinnati, Bethesda, Inc.

 

(d)                            Member, United Way, Red Cross Partnership Committee

 

(19)                     Thomas L. Finn, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(a)                            Board Member, Cincinnati Foundation for the Aged, Beechwood Foundation.

 

(b)                            Investment Committee, YMCA

 

(20)                     Mark A. Frietch, Managing Director

 

(21)                     John J. Goetz, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(a)                      Investment Company Institute — MMFunds Advisory Committee

 

(22)                     Charles A. Ulbricht, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(a)                            AVP Investments, Lafayette Life Foundation

 

(23)                     Scott D. Weston,  Managing Director & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(a)                            Financial Advisory Board & Foundation Board Member, Mariemont School District

 

(24)                     Martin W. Flesher, Vice President

 

(25)                     Jeffrey D.  Meek, Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

(a)                            Treasurer, Buckeye Venture Partners, LLC, Peppertree Partners, LLC

 

(b)                            Vice President & Sr. Financial Officer, Tri-State Ventures, LLC

 

(c)                             Vice President, Western & Southern Investment Holdings, LLC

 

(26)                     Jonathan D. Niemeyer, Sr. Vice President & General Counsel

 

(a)                            Board of Directors, The Pro Foundation Inc., Board of Advisors, David Pollack’s Empower Foundation

 

(b)                            Sr. Vice President & General Counsel, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company

 

(c)                             Assistant Secretary, Peppertree Partners, LLC

 

(d)                            Secretary, W&S Investment Holdings, LLC

 

(e)                             Director, Insurance Profillment Solutions, LLC

 

(f)                              Board Member, Association of Life Insurance Counsel

 

(27)                     James E. Wilhelm, Managing Director & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(a)                            Board Member, Xavier Student Investment Fund

 

(28)                     Donald J.  Wuebbling, Director

 

12


 

(a)                      Secretary & Counsel, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Co., Columbus Life Insurance Company, Lafayette Life Insurance Company

 

(b)                      Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., IFS Holdings, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Brokerage Services, Inc., Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, WestAd, Inc., Western & Southern Brokerage Services, Inc. Western & Southern Agency, Inc.

 

(29)                     William G. Creviston, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(30)                     Douglas E. Kelsey, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(31)                     Jeremiah R. Moore, Vice President & Deputy Head of Wealth Management

 

(32)                     Barry D. Pavlo, Vice President

 

(33)                     William T. Sena Jr., Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(34)                     P. Gregory Williams, Vice President

 

(35)                     Eric J. Walzer, Vice President

 

(36)                     William T. Sena Sr., Managing Director

 

(37)                      Joseph B. Michael, Managing Director

 

(a)          Vice President, Peppertree Partners, LLC

 

(38)                      Timothy J.  Jossart, Vice President & Assistant Portfolio Manager

 

(39)                      Alexander S. Fischer, Vice President & Regional Business Development Officer

 

(40)                     Daniel J.  Carter, Assistant Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(41)                     S. Zulfi Ali, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager

 

(42)                     Joseph A. Woods, Managing Director& Sr. Investment Manager

 

(43)                     Richard A. Krawczeski, Vice President of Financial Planning

 

(44)                     William H. Bunn, Vice President & Senior Credit Analyst

 

(45)                     Kevin M. Bass, Assistant Vice President & Senior Equity Research Manager

 

(46)                     Bernard M. Casey, Assistant Vice President & Senior Credit Analyst

 

(47)                     Joe Don Cole, Assistant Vice President

 

(48)                     Connie L. Krebs, Assistant Vice President and Director of Relationship   Management/Client Service

 

(49)               Anthony L. Longi, Assistant Vice President & Senior Credit Analyst

 

(50)                     Michael R. Maeder, Assistant Vice President and Senior Investment Manager

 

(51)                     Kenneth J. Ryan, Assistant Vice President

 

13


 

(52)                     James K. Seagraves, Assistant Vice President

 

(53)                     David W. Walters, Vice President, Portfolio Manager, &Asset & Liability Management

 

(54)                     Chris C. Zehetmaier, Assistant Vice President, Marketing

 

(55)                     Kathleen A. Cornelius, Assistant Treasurer

 

(56)                     Douglas B. Perry, Assistant Treasurer

 

(57)                     Timothy D. Speed, Assistant Treasurer

 

(58)                     Cheryl J. Stotts, Assistant Treasurer

 

C.            Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. (“Westfield”) is a registered investment advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund and Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund.  The address of Westfield is One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111.  The following are executive officers and directors of Westfield:

 

Westfield is 100% employee owned. Strategic business decisions are managed and controlled by an executive management committee composed of William A. Muggia, Morton L. Fearey, II, Hamlen Thompson, Bruce Jacobs, Richard Lee, Robert Flores, Ethan Meyers and John Montgomery.

 

D.            Navellier & Associates, Inc. (“Navellier”) is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund.  The address of Navellier is One East Liberty Street, Suite 504, Reno, Nevada 89501.  The following are officers of Navellier.

 

(1)       Louis G. Navellier, Chief Executive Officer

 

(2)       Arjen P. Kuyper, President, Chief Operating Officer, & Chief Compliance Officer

 

(3)       Keith M. Basso, Vice President

 

(4)       James H. O’Leary, Vice President

 

(5)       David Machen, Chief Financial Officer

 

E.            Analytic Investors, LLC (“Analytic”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund.  The address of Analytic is 555 West Fifth Street, 50th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90013.

 

The directors and officers of Analytic are provided on Analytic’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 104963; SEC File No. 801-07082), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Analytic’s directors and officers is with Analytic and its affiliated companies, except as noted below.

 

Roger Clarke:  President of Ensign Peak Advisors (since 9/2007), Director of Bonneville Holding Corporation (since 2000), Director of Deseret Mutual Insurance Company (since 2006) and Deseret Trust Company (since 1996).

 

F.             Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC (“Ashfield”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Capital Growth Fund.  The address of Ashfield is 750 Battery Street, Suite 600, San Francisco, CA 94111.

 

The directors and officers of Ashfield are provided on Ashfield’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 142580; SEC File No. 801-67426), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Ashfield’s directors and officers is with Ashfield and its affiliated companies.

 

G.            Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC (“Barrow Hanley”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund.  The address of Barrow Hanley is 2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor Dallas, TX 75201.

 

14


 

The directors and officers of Barrow Hanley are provided on Barrow Hanley’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 105519; SEC File No. 801-31237), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Barrow Hanley’s directors and officers is with Barrow Hanley and its affiliated companies.

 

H.            Copper Rock Capital Partner LLC (“Copper Rock”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone International Small Cap Fund.  The address of Copper Rock is 200 Clarendon Street, 51st Floor Boston, MA 02116.

 

The directors and officers of Copper Rock are provided on Copper Rock’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 134176; SEC File No. 801-63900), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Copper Rock’s directors and officers is with Copper Rock and its affiliated companies.

 

I.             Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (“TS&W”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund.  The address of TS&W is 6806 Paragon Place, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23230.

 

The directors and officers of TS&W are provided on TS&W’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 105726; SEC File No. 801-06273), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of TS&W’s directors and officers is with TS&W and its affiliated companies.

 

J.             Ibbotson Associates, Inc. (“Ibbotson”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund and Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund.  The address of Ibbotson is 22 West Washington Street, Chicago, IL 60602.

 

The directors and officers of Ibbotson are provided on Ibbotson’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 111057; SEC File No. 801-57505), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Ibbotson’s directors and officers is with Ibbotson and its affiliated companies.

 

K.            DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (“DRZ”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund.  The address of DRZ is 250 Park Avenue South, Suite 250, Winter Park, FL 32789.

 

The directors and officers of DRZ are provided on DRZ’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 112099; SEC File No. 801-48779), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of DRZ’s directors and officers is with DRZ.

 

L.            ClearArc Capital Inc. (“ClearArc”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Flexible Income Fund.  The address of ClearArc is 38 Fountain Square Plaza, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

 

The directors and officers of ClearArc are provided on ClearArc’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 104650; SEC File No. 801-11184), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of ClearArc’s directors and officers is with ClearArc and its affiliated companies, except as set forth below.

 

Name

 

Position with ClearArc Capital, Inc.

 

Other Substantial Business, Vocation,
Profession or Employment

Scott Billeadeau

 

Director of Small Cap Growth Strategies

 

Director of Factset Research Systems, Inc. The principal business address of Factset Research Systems, Inc. is 601 Merritt 7, Norwalk, CT 06851.

 

M.           Apex Capital Management, Inc. (“Apex”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Small Cap Growth Value Fund.  The Address of Apex is 8163 Old Yankee Road, Suite E, Dayton, OH 45458.

 

The directors and officers of Apex are provided on Apex’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 107075; SEC File No. 801-42460), which is incorporated herein by reference.  The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Apex’s directors and officers is with Apex.

 

N.            Sands Capital Management, Inc. (“Sands Capital”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund.  The Address of Sands is 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 2300, Arlington, VA 22209.  No director, officer, or partner of Sands Capital has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.

 

15


 

Item 32.       Principal Underwriters

 

(a) Touchstone Securities, Inc. also acts as underwriter for Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust.

 

(b) Unless otherwise noted, the address of the persons named below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.  *The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

 

 

POSITION WITH

 

POSITION WITH

NAME

 

UNDERWRITER

 

REGISTRANT

Steven M. Graziano

 

President

 

Vice President

Jill T. McGruder

 

Director & CEO

 

Trustee/President

James N. Clark*

 

Director

 

None

Donald J. Wuebbling*

 

Director

 

None

Patricia J. Wilson

 

Vice President

 

None

James J. Vance*

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

None

Terrie A. Wiedenheft

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Controller/Treasurer

Timothy S. Stearns

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Chief Compliance Officer

Rhonda Malone*

 

Secretary

 

None

Sharon L. Karp

 

Vice President

 

None

Kathleen A. Cornelius

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

None

Douglas B. Perry

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

None

Timothy D. Speed

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

None

Cheryl J. Stotts

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

None

 

(c)  None.

 

Item 33.       LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

 

Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules promulgated thereunder, are maintained as follows:

 

(a)   With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); (2)(a) and (b); (3); (6); (8); (12); and 31a-1(d), the required books and records will be maintained at the offices of Registrant’s Custodian:

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

40 Water Street

Boston, MA 02109

 

(b)   With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1), (4); (2)(C) and (D); (4); (5); (6); (8); (9); (10); (11); and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s Administrator and Sub-Administrator.

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway, Suite 1100

Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA 01581

 

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

201 Washington Street, 34 th  Floor

Boston, MA 02108

 

(c)  With respect to Rules 31a-1(b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the principal offices of the Registrant’s investment advisors:

 

16


 

All Funds:

 

Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway, Suite 1100

Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

Touchstone Focused Fund

Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.

303 Broadway, Suite 1200

Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund and Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund

Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

 

Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund

Navellier & Associates, Inc.

One East Liberty, Suite 504

Reno, NV 89501

 

Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund

Analytic Investors, LLC

555 West Fifth Street, 50 th  Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90013

 

Touchstone Capital Growth Fund

Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC

750 Battery Street, Suite 600

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

Touchstone Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund

Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC

2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor

Dallas, TX 75201

 

Touchstone International Small Cap Fund

Copper Rock Capital Partner LLC

200 Clarendon Street, 51st Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund

Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC

6806 Paragon Place, Suite 300

Richmond, VA 23230

 

Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund and Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund

Ibbotson Associates, Inc.

22 West Washington Street

Chicago, IL 60602

 

Touchstone Flexible Income Fund

ClearArc Capital Inc.

38 Fountain Square Plaza

Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund

Sands Capital Management, LLC

 

17


 

1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 2300

Arlington, VA 22209

 

Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund

Apex Capital Management, Inc.

8163 Old Yankee Road, Suite E

Dayton, OH 45458

 

Item 34.       MANAGEMENT SERVICES NOT DISCUSSED IN PART A OR PART B

 

None.

 

Item 35.       UNDERTAKINGS

 

None.

 

18


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment (“PEA”) No. 104 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on April 23, 2014.

 

 

TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST

 

 

 

By:

/s/Jill T. McGruder

 

 

Jill T. McGruder

 

 

President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this PEA No. 104 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

*

 

Trustee

April 23, 2014

 

 

 

 

Phillip R. Cox

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Trustee

April 23, 2014

 

 

 

 

William C. Gale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Trustee

April 23, 2014

 

 

 

 

Susan J. Hickenlooper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Trustee

April 23, 2014

 

 

 

 

Kevin A. Robie

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Trustee

April 23, 2014

 

 

 

 

Edward J. Vonderbrink

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Jill T. McGruder

 

Trustee and President

April 23, 2014

Jill T. McGruder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Terrie A. Wiedenheft

 

Controller, Treasurer
and Principal Financial Officer

April 23, 2014

Terrie A. Wiedenheft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*By:

/s/Terrie A. Wiedenheft

 

 

 

 

Terrie A. Wiedenheft

 

 

 

 

(Attorney-in-Fact Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed with this PEA No. 103)

 

19


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

(d)(1)(b)

 

Amended Schedule 1, dated April 23, 2014, to the Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000 between Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Advisors, Inc.

(d)(17)

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 23, 2014 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Sands Capital Management, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund

(i)

 

Opinion of Vedder Price, P.C.

 

20

Exhibit 99.(d)(1)(b)

 

Amended Schedule 1

Dated April 23, 2014

to the

Investment Advisory Agreement

Touchstone Strategic Trust

Dated May 1, 2000

 

Listing of Funds and Advisory Fee Rates

 

Name of Fund

 

Annual Basic Fee Rate

Touchstone Capital Growth Fund

 

0.70% on the first $300 million of assets;

0.685% on the next $200 million of assets;

0.675% on the next $500 million of assets;

0.625% on the next $500 million of assets;

0.575% on the next $500 million of assets; and

0.525% on assets over $2 billion

Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund

 

0.85% on the first $300 million of assets;

0.80% on the next $200 million of assets;

0.75% on the next $250 million of assets;

0.70% on the next $250 million of assets;

0.65% on the next $500 million of assets;

0.60% on the next $500 million of assets; and

0.55% on assets over $2 billion

Touchstone Flexible Income Fund

 

0.70% on the first $500 million of assets; and

0.60% on assets over $500 million

Touchstone Focused Fund

 

0.70% on the first $100 million of assets;

0.65% on the next $400 million of assets; and

0.60% on assets over $500 million

Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund

 

0.75% on the first $500 million of assets;

0.70% on the next $500 million of assets; and

0.65% on assets over $1 billion

Touchstone International Small Cap Fund

 

0.95% on the first $300 million of assets;

0.90% on the next $200 million of assets;

0.85% on the next $250 million of assets;

0.80% on the next $250 million of assets;

0.75% on the next $500 million of assets;

0.70% on the next $500 million of assets; and

0.65% on assets over $2 billion

Touchstone International Value Fund

 

1.00% on all assets

Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund

 

0.75% on the first $200 million of assets;

0.70% on the next $800 million of assets; and

0.65% on assets over $1 billion

Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund

 

0.75% on the first $500 million of assets;

0.70% on the next $500 million of assets; and

0.65% on assets over $1 billion

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund

 

1.15% on all assets

Touchstone Small Cap Growth Fund

 

1.00% on the first $300 million of assets; and

0.95% on assets over $300 million

 


 

Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund

 

0.95% on the first $300 million of assets;

0.90% on the next $200 million of assets; and

0.85% on assets over $500 million

Touchstone Value Fund

 

0.65% on all assets

Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund

 

0.20% on the first $1 billion of assets;

0.175% on the next $1 billion of assets;

0.15% on the next $1 billion of assets; and

0.125% on assets over $3 billion

Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund

 

0.20% on the first $1 billion of assets;

0.175% on the next $1 billion of assets;

0.15% on the next $1 billion of assets; and

0.125% on assets over $3 billion

Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund

 

0.25% on the first $1 billion of assets;

0.225% on the next $1 billion of assets;

0.20% on the next $1 billion of assets; and

0.175% on assets over $3 billion

Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund

 

0.25% on the first $1 billion of assets;

0.225% on the next $1 billion of assets;

0.20% on the next $1 billion of assets; and

0.175% on assets over $3 billion

 

This Schedule 1 to the Investment Advisory Agreement is signed as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Terrie Wiedenheft

 

 

Name: Terrie Wiedenheft

 

 

Title: Controller and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jill McGruder

 

 

Name: Jill T. McGruder

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Terrie Wiedenheft

 

 

Name: Terrie Wiedenheft

 

 

Title: CFO

 

2

 

Exhibit 99.(d)(17)

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund

a series of

Touchstone Strategic Trust

 

This Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 23, 2014, between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “ Advisor ”) and Sands Capital Management, LLC (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).

 

WHEREAS, Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “ Trust ”) is a Massachusetts business trust organized pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993, as amended, and registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);

 

WHEREAS, Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund (the “ Fund ”) is a series of the Trust;

 

WHEREAS, the Advisor is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and has been retained by the Trust to provide investment advisory services with respect to certain assets of the Fund under the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor attached as Exhibit A (the “ Advisory Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to retain the Sub-Advisor to furnish it with the Services (as defined below) in connection with the Advisor’s investment advisory activities on behalf of the Fund, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish the Services to the Advisor subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Appointment of the Sub-Advisor.

 

a.                                       The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to perform the Services with respect to the assets of the Fund allocated by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (such assets, together with any current income and capital gains derived therefrom, the “ Fund Assets ”), in conformity with the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as amended, in each case as furnished to the Sub-Advisor under Section 2(q) (collectively, the “ Disclosure Documents ) and the investment guidelines and policies, if any, as agreed to by the parties from time to time (collectively with the Disclosure Documents, the “ Investment Guidelines ”), and subject to the control and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “ Board ”), for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.  The Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment with respect to the Fund Assets

 

1


 

(and not with respect to any other assets of the Trust) on and subject to the terms of this Agreement and agrees during such period to render the Services and to perform the duties called for by this Agreement for the compensation provided in Section 3.

 

b.                                       Promptly following the initial funding of the segregated custodial account established to maintain the assets of the Fund (the “ Account ”), the Advisor shall specify (or cause the Fund’s agent to specify) to the Sub-Advisor in writing the assets initially comprising the Fund Assets and information regarding the Account.  The Advisor may from time to time, upon prior written notice to the Sub-Advisor, cause Fund Assets to be contributed to or withdrawn from the Account.  Notices with respect to the initial funding of, and any contribution to and withdrawal from, the Account shall be furnished to the Sub-Advisor at the following email addresses: recon@sandscap.com and clientservice@sandscap.com, or such other email address(es) communicated to the Advisor in writing by the Sub-Advisor from time to time.  The initial funding of the Account and any subsequent contribution thereto shall be made only in cash unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Sub-Advisor; provided that for reasonable requests the Sub-Advisor does not withhold consent. As investment advisers to the Fund, each Advisor is required to maintain registration as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. If the registration of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor under the Advisers Act ceases, such party shall notify the other at least 90 days prior to such cessation.

 

c.                                        For purposes of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized by written agreement with the Advisor, Fund, or Trust, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Fund.

 

2.                                       Services and Duties.  The Sub-Advisor will provide to the Advisor the services set forth in Sections 2(a), (b), and (j) (collectively, the “ Services ”) and undertake the duties applicable to the Sub-Advisor in this Section 2:

 

a.                                       The Sub-Advisor will manage the investment and reinvestment of the Fund Assets, subject to and in accordance with the Investment Guidelines and any written directions that the Advisor, the Board, or any Authorized Person (as defined below) may give to the Sub-Advisor in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , the Sub-Advisor shall not be obligated to follow any direction that it reasonably believes may violate applicable law or regulation.  In furtherance of this Section 2(a), the Sub-Advisor will make all determinations with respect to the investment and reinvestment of the Fund Assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and shall take such steps as may be necessary or advisable in the Sub-Advisor’s discretion to implement the same.  Subject to Sections 2(c) and 2(d), the Sub-Advisor also will determine the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action, and any other rights pertaining to the Fund’s portfolio securities will be exercised; provided , that the Fund’s custodian (the “ Custodian ”) furnishes to the Sub-Advisor in a timely manner all materials necessary for the Sub-Advisor to make such determinations.

 

2


 

b.                                       As reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will render regular reports regarding transactions in the Fund Assets to the Board and to the Advisor (or such other service providers as the Advisor shall engage to assist it in the evaluation of the performance and activities of the Sub-Advisor).  Such reports shall be made in such form as the Trust or the Advisor shall reasonably request; provided , however , that in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, an individual primarily responsible for management of Fund Assets for the Sub-Advisor will not be required to attend in-person more than one meeting per year with the Board.

 

c.                                        The Sub-Advisor may utilize the services of one or more third-party service providers to research and vote proxies on its behalf and on behalf of the Fund.

 

d.                                       The Sub-Advisor shall not have custody of any of the Fund Assets and is not authorized to provide, nor shall be responsible for providing, the Fund or the Advisor with legal or tax advice or to engage the Fund in any legal proceedings, including responding to class action claims; provided , however , that the Sub-Advisor shall promptly forward any notices it receives relating to class action claims involving securities presently or formerly comprising Fund Assets to the Custodian or other duly designated Fund agent.  The Sub-Advisor shall not be obligated to assist the Advisor, Custodian, or other duly designated Fund agent in evaluating any legal proceeding or potential legal proceeding, including securities class action claims.  The Advisor acknowledges that it or another duly designated Fund agent will be responsible for evaluating and making all decisions for the Trust regarding legal proceedings and potential legal proceedings, including class action claims, involving securities presently or formerly comprising Fund Assets.  The Advisor shall instruct the Custodian to: (i) act, within the limits of the Sub-Advisor’s authority under this Agreement, in accordance with instructions from the Sub-Advisor, and (ii) provide the Sub-Advisor with such periodic reports concerning the status of the Account and the Fund Assets as the Sub-Advisor may reasonably request from time to time.  The Advisor shall promptly notify the Sub-Advisor in writing of the termination or replacement of the Custodian or the appointment of any additional Custodian. The Advisor agrees to promptly notify the Sub-Advisor if there is a change in or appointment of a Custodian.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility for the collection of dividends and interest on securities or other assets, or for paying any fees or charges of the Custodian, and shall not be liable for any act or omission of the Custodian or the Custodian’s affiliates.

 

e.                                        The Sub-Advisor may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, aggregate purchase and sale orders of securities placed with respect to the Fund Assets with similar orders being made simultaneously for other vehicles or accounts managed by the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates, if the Sub-Advisor in good faith determines that such aggregation shall result in terms no less advantageous to the Fund than to any other participant.  In the event that a purchase or sale of the Fund Assets occurs as part of any aggregate sale or purchase order, an objective of the Sub-Advisor and any of its affiliates involved in such transaction shall be to allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Fund and other relevant vehicles and accounts in a fair and equitable manner.

 

3


 

f.                                         Whenever the Fund and one or more other investment advisory clients of the Sub-Advisor have available funds for investment and substantially similar investment strategies, guidelines, and policies; investments satisfying such strategies, guidelines, and policies will be allocated in a manner consistent with applicable law.  It is possible that due to differing investment objectives or for other reasons, the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates may purchase or recommend purchasing securities of an issuer for one client and at approximately the same time recommend selling or sell the same or similar types of securities for another client, including the Fund.

 

g.                                        The Sub-Advisor will not arrange purchases or sales of securities between the Fund and other accounts advised by the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates unless (a) such purchases or sales are in accordance with applicable law and regulation (including Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act) and the Investment Guidelines, (b) the Sub-Advisor determines the purchase or sale is in the best interests of the Fund, and (c) the Fund’s Board has approved these types of transactions.

 

h.                                       The Sub-Advisor shall upon request reasonably assist the Advisor and any Fund pricing agent in the determination of the fair value of any Fund holdings for which market quotations are not readily available.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor (i) is not responsible for making determinations regarding the valuations of Fund holdings and (ii) is not an official pricing source, and shall not be liable for any valuation determinations (including any calculation of the Fund’s net asset value).

 

i.                                           Regulatory Compliance.

 

(i)                                      In performing the Services, the Sub-Advisor will comply in all material respects with relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act), the Investment Guidelines, and any directions of the Advisor or its Authorized Persons given in accordance with this Agreement.  In performing its obligations with respect to the Fund, including any obligations under this Agreement, the Advisor shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and non-U.S. laws and regulations, including the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, each as amended, and the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodities Futures Trading Commission, or state securities regulator that are applicable to a registered investment adviser providing services to registered open-end investment companies including Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act (collectively, “ Applicable Law ”).  The Advisor shall update the Investment Guidelines (and provide the Sub-Advisor prior written notice of the substance of such updates) to include guidelines reasonably designed to ensure the Sub-Advisor’s activities under this Agreement satisfy any obligations under relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act) other than the Advisers Act.

 

4


 

(ii)                                   The Sub-Advisor acknowledges the intention of the Advisor to cause the Fund to comply with the diversification and source of income requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for qualification as a regulated investment company.  The Advisor shall revise the Investment Guidelines from time to time to include guidelines reasonably designed to ensure compliance with such requirements.

 

(iii)                                The Sub-Advisor will reasonably cooperate with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officers in the execution of his or her responsibilities to monitor the Sub-Advisor as a service provider with respect to the Fund pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(iv)                               Subject to the Advisor’s supervision, the Sub-Advisor will prepare and cause to be filed in a timely manner Form 13F and, if required, Schedule 13G, each under the 1934 Act, with respect to securities comprising Fund Assets.

 

(v)                                  The Sub-Advisor has adopted a written code of ethics that it reasonably believes complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act (the “ Code of Ethics ”). Prior to the effective date of this Agreement and upon any subsequent request by the Advisor or Board, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Fund with (i) a copy of the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics, then in effect, and (ii) a certification that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons (as defined under Rule 17j-1(c) under the 1940 Act) from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics. No less frequently than annually, the Sub-Advisor shall furnish to the Fund and the Advisor a written report, which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii) under the 1940 Act, concerning the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics. The Sub-Advisor shall promptly respond to any requests for information from the Advisor as to violations of the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics by Access Persons and the Sub-Advisor’s response to such violations.  The Sub-Advisor shall promptly notify the Advisor of any material violation of the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics, whether or not such violation relates to a security held by the Fund.

 

(vi)                               The Sub-Advisor shall notify the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer and the Advisor promptly upon detection of (i) any material failure to manage the Fund Assets in accordance with the Investment Guidelines or any relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act); (ii) any material breach of the Fund’s policies, guidelines, or procedures (to the extent such policies, guidelines, or procedures have been provided to the Sub-Advisor in writing); or (iii) any material breach of any directions issued to the Sub-Advisor in accordance with Section 2(a).  In addition, the Sub-Advisor shall upon request furnish certifications on a quarterly basis regarding its compliance with the Investment Guidelines and relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act), in each case in connection with performing the Services. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Advisor may, in its sole discretion, provide such quarterly compliance

 

5


 

certifications to the Board.  The Sub-Advisor agrees to promptly correct any failure to comply identified by the Board . The Sub-Advisor shall also provide the officers of the Trust with supporting certifications, to the extent applicable, regarding the Services in connection with certifications of the Fund’s financial statements and disclosure controls pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.  Each party to this Agreement will promptly notify the other in the event (i) the party is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Fund (excluding class action suits in which the Fund is a member of the plaintiff class by reason of the Fund’s ownership of shares in the defendant) or the compliance by the party with the federal or state securities laws in connection with the Services provided to the Fund or (ii) an “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act) has occurred.

 

(vii)                            The Sub-Advisor shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to the Fund Assets advised by the Sub-Advisor as required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (other than those records being maintained by the Advisor, Custodian, or transfer agent appointed by the Fund), and relating to its responsibilities under this Agreement. The Sub-Advisor shall preserve such records for the periods and in a manner prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act (the “ Fund Books and Records ”).  The Fund Books and Records shall be reasonably available to the Advisor and the Board, which shall be delivered upon request to the Trust, at the Advisor’s expense, upon the termination of this Agreement and shall be reasonably available for telecopying during any day the Sub-Advisor is open for business.  The Sub-Advisor may retain a copy of the Fund Books and Records for its own recordkeeping purposes.

 

j.                                          The Sub-Advisor shall provide the following support to the Advisor with respect to the marketing of the Fund:  (i) permission to use the Sub-Advisor’s name as provided in Section 7 of this Agreement; (ii) permission to use the past performance and investment history of the Sub-Advisor with respect to a composite of funds managed by the Sub-Advisor that are comparable, in investment objective and composition, to the Fund to the extent and in the manner agreed in writing by the Sub-Advisor; provided that the Sub-Advisor shall not be liable to any person for the Advisor’s use of such information in violation of Applicable Law; (iii) reasonable access to the individual(s) responsible for day-to-day investment management of the Fund for marketing conferences, teleconferences, and other activities involving the promotion of the Fund, subject to the reasonable request of the Advisor; and (iv) permission to use biographical and historical data of the Sub-Advisor and individual portfolio manager(s) involved in the Fund that has been furnished in writing by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor for this express purpose.

 

k.                                       The Sub-Advisor will, in the name of the Fund, place orders for the execution of all portfolio transactions in accordance with the policies set forth in Exhibit B , if any, and the Disclosure Documents, which may be revised by the Fund or the Advisor from time to time upon prior written notice to the Sub-Advisor.  When placing

 

6


 

orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor shall seek to obtain the best overall execution available for the Fund and the other accounts and vehicles to which the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates perform investment advisory services, and in placing such orders the Sub-Advisor may consider all factors that it reasonably deems relevant, including the overall direct net economic result to the Fund and such other accounts and vehicles both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis; price; the financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected; the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved; the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future; and the brokerage and research services (within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act provided to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor and such other accounts and vehicles. The Sub-Advisor is specifically authorized, to the extent authorized by law (including Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), to pay a broker or dealer who provides research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction.  This excess payment (often referred to as “soft dollar” payments) in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer shall only be made if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonable benefit from such research services.  The Sub-Advisor will present a written report to the Board, at least quarterly, indicating total brokerage expenses, actual or imputed, as well as the services obtained in consideration for such expenses, broken down by broker-dealer and containing such information as the Board reasonably shall request.  The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable to any person for any acts or omissions of any broker or dealer (or any of their affiliates) with respect to the Account or the Fund Assets.

 

l.                                           The Sub-Advisor shall maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage in an appropriate amount and shall provide prior written notice to the Trust (i) of any material changes in its insurance policies or insurance coverage; or (ii) if any material claims will be made on its insurance policies related to the Services.  Furthermore, the Sub-Advisor shall, upon reasonable request, provide the Trust with any information it may reasonably require concerning the amount of or scope of such insurance.

 

m.                                   Reserved.

 

n.                                       The Sub-Advisor shall not be responsible for any expenses associated with the Fund or the Advisor except the Sub-Advisor’s own expenses of providing the Services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions, transfer fees, registration costs, taxes and other similar costs, and transaction-related expenses and fees arising out of transactions in the Account, and the Advisor hereby authorizes the Sub-Advisor to incur such expenses for the Fund.

 

7


 

o.                                       The Advisor and Sub-Advisor acknowledge and agree that the Sub-Advisor shall be required to provide only the Services, and shall have no responsibility to provide any other services to the Advisor or the Fund except as required by law.  The Advisor, subject to the Board’s oversight, shall remain responsible for the Fund’s overall compliance with Applicable Law. The Sub-Advisor, subject to oversight by the Advisor, shall be responsible for its overall compliance with relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act) in connection with its performance of the Services.

 

p.                                       The Advisor agrees to provide the Sub-Advisor with such assistance as may be reasonably requested by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its activities under this Agreement, including information concerning the Fund; its cash available, or to become available, for investment; and generally as to the conditions of the Fund or its affairs.  The Advisor shall, and shall cause the Trust to, promptly provide to the Sub-Advisor all information requested by the Sub-Advisor in order to comply with relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act) and to assist in the performance of the Sub-Advisor’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

q.                                       The Advisor will provide the Sub-Advisor with advance written notice of, and the opportunity to comment on, any change in the Investment Guidelines or in any procedures and policies adopted by the Board or the Advisor that may affect the Sub-Advisor’s provision of the Services or its obligations under this Agreement.  The Sub-Advisor shall, in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, manage the Fund Assets in compliance with any changes made to the Investment Guidelines following reasonable written notice of the effectiveness of such changes from the Advisor. In addition to such notice, the Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor a copy of any amendments or supplements to the Disclosure Documents. The Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Disclosure Documents will at all times be in compliance with all disclosure requirements under all applicable federal and state laws and regulations relating to the Fund.

 

r.                                          The Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Sub-Advisor does not guarantee the future performance or any specific level of performance for the Fund Assets, the success of any investment decision or strategy that the Sub-Advisor may use, or the success of the Sub-Advisor’s overall management of the Fund Assets.  The Advisor acknowledges and agrees that investment decisions made with regard to the Fund Assets by the Sub-Advisor are subject to various market, currency, economic, political, and business risks, and that those investment decisions will not always be beneficial to the Fund.  Additionally, there may be loss or depreciation of the value of the Fund Assets because of fluctuation of market values.  These risks will be disclosed in the Fund’s Disclosure Documents.

 

3.                                       The Sub-Advisor’s Authority.

 

a.                                       In performing the Services and its other obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor’s authority and discretion shall include, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the authority and discretion to:  (i) purchase, sell, and generally deal

 

8


 

in or exchange Fund Assets for the Account; (ii) exercise whatever powers the Fund or the Advisor may possess with respect to any Fund Assets, including the power to exercise rights, options, warrants, conversion privileges, and redemption privileges, and to tender securities pursuant to a tender offer; (iii) on behalf of each of the Fund, as agent and attorney-in-fact, (A) open account(s) with and to issue to brokers, dealers, introducing brokers and banks, or any affiliate of any of the foregoing, instructions to purchase, sell or otherwise trade in or deal with, any security or other Fund Assets in the Account for the account and at risk of, and in the name of, the Fund; and (B) negotiate and execute agreements, indemnities, and representations letters for all purposes the Sub-Advisor determines are necessary or desirable in connection with the Services, provided that an officer of the Fund execute any such agreement, indemnity, or representation letter to which the Fund is a named party; and (iv) instruct the Custodian with respect to the Fund Assets, including to: (A) accept or make delivery of any securities and other assets acquired, converted, exchanged, redeemed, or disposed of for the Account and pay cash for any such securities and other assets, and (B) deliver any securities and other assets sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of in the Account; and (C) generally perform any other act deemed necessary or desirable by the Sub-Advisor to assist it in carrying out the Services.

 

b.                                       In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall have no obligation to consult with or obtain the consent of any person, including the Advisor or the Board, except as expressly provided in this Agreement or under relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act).

 

4.                                       Compensation of the Sub-Advisor.

 

a.                                       As compensation for the Services to be rendered and duties undertaken under this Agreement by the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor will pay to the Sub-Advisor a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to X.XX% of the average of the daily net asset value of the Fund Assets without regard to any total expense limitation or other fee waiver applied by the Trust or the Advisor.  Such fee shall be computed and accrued daily.  If the Sub-Advisor serves in such capacity for less than the whole of any period specified in Section 12a of this Agreement, the compensation to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated.  For purposes of calculating the Sub-Advisor’s fee, the daily asset value of the Fund Assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the Fund’s net asset value for purposes of purchases and redemptions of shares.

 

b.                                       The Sub-Advisor reserves the right to waive all or part of its fees.

 

5.                                       Ongoing Reporting of the Sub-Advisor.

 

a.                                       Financial Reporting. The Sub-Advisor will upon request report to the Board (at regular quarterly meetings and at such other times as the Board reasonably shall request, subject to the limitation on personal attendance at such meetings set forth in Section 2b of this Agreement): (i) any financial condition of the Sub-Advisor that is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Fund, (ii) information regarding any potential conflicts of interest between the Fund and the Sub-Advisor

 

9


 

arising by reason of the Sub-Advisor’s continuing provision of advisory services to the Fund and to its other accounts (the disclosure of any immaterial conflicts in the Sub-Advisor’s Form ADV shall be deemed to satisfy the reporting obligation under this clause (ii); material conflicts must be immediately reported to the Advisor), and (iii) such other information reasonably requested by the Board, including the performance of the specific strategy used to manage the Fund Assets.  Upon request by the Advisor or the Board, the Sub-Advisor agrees to discuss with the Board its plans for the allocation of remaining capacity in the strategy used to manage the Fund, with respect to the Fund and to the Sub-Advisor’s other clients.

 

i.                                           The Sub-Advisor will annually, or upon reasonable request by the Board, provide the Advisor with certain financial information. For purposes of this paragraph 4(a), “ financial information ” means a summary of the Sub-Advisor’s balance sheet and the independent auditor’s report, if any, issued in connection with the most recent audit of the Sub-Advisor’s financial statements.

 

ii.                                        The Sub-Advisor also agrees to notify the Advisor if any single client (other than all Touchstone Funds for whom the Sub-Advisor provides investment advisory services) accounts for 30% or more of the Sub-Advisor’s and its affiliate’s assets under management.

 

b.                                       Key Personnel Reporting. The Sub-Advisor agrees to promptly notify the Advisor upon becoming aware of any incapacity, resignation, or termination of key personnel. For purposes of this Section 5(b), “ key personnel ” comprise: (i) any portfolio manager of the Fund; and (ii) any chief executive officer, chief compliance officer, chief operating officer, chief investment officer, chief financial officer, chief administration officer, or any other principal or officer of similar title or position with the Sub-Advisor; and (iii) any member of its executive management committee.

 

6.                                       Representations of the Advisor.  The Advisor represents as applicable, to the Sub-Advisor that: (a) the Advisory Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by, and constitutes a legal obligation of, the Advisor and the Trust; (b) the Advisor has been duly appointed by the Board under the Advisory Agreement to provide investment services with respect to the Fund Assets as contemplated in the Advisory Agreement; (c) a true and complete copy of the Advisory Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit A ; (d) the Advisor has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement, and such execution, delivery, and performance will not (i) require any license, registration, consent or approval that has not been lawfully and validly obtained, and any such license, registration, consent or approval shall be maintained to the extent required during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) violate any Applicable Law, organizational document, policy, or agreement binding on the Advisor or the Trust or their property; (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on its part; (d) the Trust has the full power and authority to enter into all transactions contemplated under this Agreement, to perform its obligations under such transactions and to authorize the Advisor to procure the Sub-Advisor to enter into such transactions on the Trust’s and Fund’s behalf; (e) the Advisor’s decision to appoint the Sub-Advisor was made in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable law and the governing documents, contracts, or other material

 

10


 

agreements or instruments governing the Fund’s investment or trading activities; (f) the Advisor will deliver to the Sub-Advisor a true and complete copy of the Fund’s Disclosure Documents, such other documents or instruments governing the investments of Fund Assets, and such other information as is necessary for the Sub-Advisor to carry out its obligations under this Agreement; and (g) the Trust is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code; (h) no restrictions exist on the transfer, sale or other disposition of any Fund Assets and no option, lien, charge, security or encumbrance exists over any Fund Assets; (i) each Authorized Person is, and until otherwise notified to the Sub-Advisor in writing shall be, authorized to give instructions, approvals and notices on behalf of the Advisor and the Trust; and (j) the Advisor shall promptly notify the Sub-Advisor in writing in the event that any of the representations or warranties contained in this Section 6 is no longer true and accurate.

 

7.                                       Use of Names.

 

a.                                       Neither the Advisor nor the Trust shall use the name of the Sub-Advisor in any prospectus, sales literature, or other material relating to the Advisor or the Trust in any manner not approved in advance by the Sub-Advisor in writing; provided , however , that the Sub-Advisor will approve all uses of its name which merely refer in accurate terms to its appointment as sub-advisor with respect to the Fund or which are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) or a state securities commission; and provided , further , that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld.

 

b.                                       The Sub-Advisor shall not use the name of the Advisor or the Trust in any material relating to the Sub-Advisor in any manner not approved in advance by the Advisor or the Trust, as the case may be; provided , however , that the Advisor and the Trust will each approve all uses of their respective names which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of the Sub-Advisor as the Fund’s Sub-Advisor under this Agreement or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and, provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld.  The Sub-Advisor shall be the owner of all performance data it generates in connection with the Fund (the “ Sub-Advisor’s Performance History ”) for its track record, provided that the Fund is not specifically identified by name without approval in writing by the Advisor. For clarification, the Sub-Advisor’s Performance History may be separate from the Fund’s performance history to the extent that the Sub-Advisor either ceases to be the sole sub-adviser to the Fund or ceases to sub-advise any Fund Assets.

 

c.                                        Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 12, the Advisor shall cease using any references to the Sub-Advisor in Fund and Advisor documents unless such reference is required by law.  Similarly, the Sub-Advisor shall cease using any references to the Advisor or Fund in any documents unless such reference is required by law. For purposes of this paragraph, documents include marketing materials, regulatory filings, and performance reporting.

 

8.                                       Liability; Indemnification.

 

a.                                       To the fullest extent permitted by relevant law, the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates and their respective members, partners, officers, employees, and controlling

 

11


 

persons (collectively, “ Sub-Advisor Covered Persons ”) shall not be liable to any person (including the Account, the Fund, the Trust, the Board, or the Advisor or any of their respective affiliates, members, partners, officers, employees, or controlling persons (each a “ Covered Person ”)) for any expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges, and claims of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, and costs; and expenses relating to investigating or defending any demands, charges, and claims) (collectively “ Losses ”) arising from or relating to any act performed or omission made by any person in connection with the Agreement (including in connection with making any investment decisions), except to the extent that such Losses have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment on the merits to be the direct result of and primarily attributable to an act or omission of the Sub-Advisor during the term of this Agreement that constitutes (i) the Sub-Advisor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, or a material violation by the Sub-Advisor of the Investment Guidelines or relevant Federal Securities Laws (as defined under Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act) (collectively, “ Culpable Conduct ”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Sub-Advisor Covered Person shall be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential damages, or other similar Losses (regardless of whether such Losses were reasonably foreseeable) (collectively, “ Special Damages ”).

 

b.                                       The Sub-Advisor shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person against any and all direct Losses (other than Special Damages) incurred by a Covered Person that have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment on the merits to be the direct result of and primarily attributable to an act or omission of the Sub-Advisor that constitutes Culpable Conduct.

 

c.                                        The Advisor and the Trust shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Sub-Advisor Covered Person against any and all direct Losses (other than Special Damages) incurred by a Sub-Advisor Covered Person that have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment on the merits to be the direct result of and primarily attributable to an act or omission of the Advisor, the Trust, or the Board that constitutes (i) a material violation of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Board; or (ii) the Advisor’s or the Trust’s (including the Board’s) willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or  reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Limitation of Trust’s Liability.  The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that it has received notice of and accepts the limitations upon the Trust’s liability set forth in its Declaration of Trust. The Sub-Advisor agrees that (i) the Trust’s obligations to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement (or indirectly under the Advisory Agreement) shall be limited in any event to the Fund Assets and (ii) the Sub-Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the shareholders of the Fund in their capacities as shareholders of the Fund, other than the Advisor.

 

10.                                Force Majeure.  The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for delays or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, work stoppages, fire, flood, catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riot, or failure of communication or power supply.  In the event of equipment

 

12


 

breakdowns beyond its control, the Sub-Advisor shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions.

 

11.                                Confidentiality.

 

a.                                       Each party expressly undertakes to protect and to preserve the confidentiality of all information and know-how made available under or in connection with this Agreement, or the parties’ activities that are either designated as being confidential or which, by the nature of the circumstances surrounding the disclosure, ought in good faith to be treated as proprietary or confidential (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”).  Each party shall take reasonable security precautions, at least as great as the precautions it takes to protect its own confidential information but in any event using a commercially reasonable standard of care, to keep confidential the Confidential Information. Neither party shall disclose Confidential Information except:  (a) to its employees, directors, officers, advisors, agents, or auditors having a need to know such Confidential Information; (b) in accordance with a judicial or other governmental order or when such disclosure is required by law, provided that prior to such disclosure the receiving party shall provide (to the extent legally permissible) the disclosing party with written notice and shall comply with any protective order or equivalent; (c) in accordance with a regulatory audit or inquiry, without prior notice to the disclosing party, provided that the receiving party shall seek to obtain a confidentiality undertaking from the regulatory agency where possible; or (d) in the case of the Sub-Advisor, to the extent necessary or desirable in connection with performing the Services and its other obligations under this Agreement, including to brokers and dealers, whether executing or clearing.

 

b.                                       Further, the Advisor expressly acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Confidential Information and advice furnished by the Sub-Advisor hereunder (including information regarding the Sub-Advisor’s expertise, investment strategies, trading activities, or financial affairs) have been developed by the Sub-Advisor through the application of proprietary methods and standards of judgment and through the expenditure of considerable work, time, and money and is the exclusive and proprietary intellectual property of the Sub-Advisor, and as such, shall be deemed Confidential Information; and (ii) in additional to any other restrictions set forth herein shall not be used by any person other than the Sub-Advisor as the basis for effecting transactions in any account or vehicle.

 

c.                                        Neither party will make use of any Confidential Information except as expressly authorized in this Agreement or as agreed to in writing between the parties.  However, the receiving party shall have no obligation to maintain the confidentiality of information that:  (a) is or becomes available to the recipient party or its representatives from a source other than the other party to this Agreement or the Trust, which source, to the knowledge of the recipient party or its representatives, does not have an obligation of confidentiality to the other party or the Trust with respect to such information; (b) the disclosing party discloses generally without any obligation of confidentiality; (c) is or subsequently becomes publicly available without the receiving party’s breach of any obligation owed the disclosing party; (d) is independently developed by the receiving

 

13


 

party without reliance upon or use of any Confidential Information; or (e) was already in the receiving party’s possession or the possession of its representatives prior to receiving such information from the other party or the Trust, and was not subject to any other confidentiality provisions.  Each party’s obligations under this clause shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

d.                                       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, each party to this Agreement may disclose any information with respect to the United States federal income tax treatment and tax structure (and any fact that may be relevant to understanding the purported or claimed federal income tax treatment of the transaction) of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

e.                                        The Advisor shall ensure that each person receiving reports under Section 2(b) agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such reports and not to use such reports for any purpose other than in connection with their services with respect to the Fund.  The Advisor shall be liable for the failure of any report recipient to comply with the provisions of Section 2(b).

 

12.                                Renewal, Termination and Amendment.

 

a.                                       This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated under this Agreement, through April 22, 2016; and it shall thereafter continue for successive annual terms; provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the parties and, provided, further, that, at least annually (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund have approved the continuance or (ii) a majority of the Board, including the vote of a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of either the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, have approved the continuance in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

b.                                       This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, (i) by the Advisor upon not more than 60-days nor less than 30-days prior written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Sub-Advisor; (ii) by the Sub-Advisor upon not less than 60-days prior written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Advisor; or (iii) by the Trust, upon either (y) the majority vote of the Board or (z) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

 

c.                                        Any trades entered but not settled as of the date of termination of this Agreement shall be honored by the parties.

 

d.                                       This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties, subject to approval by the Board and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund affected by such change.

 

14


 

e.                                        The terms “assignment,” “interested persons,” and “majority of the outstanding voting securities” shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.

 

13.                                Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement shall become or shall be found to be invalid by a court decision, statute, rule, or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected.

 

14.                                Notice.

 

a.                                       Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent to the address or facsimile number, as applicable, of the party receiving such notice or instruction and (a) delivered personally; (b) sent by electronic mail (“ email ”) or facsimile transmission, with notice or confirmation of receipt received; (c) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier; or (d) sent by prepaid first-class mail.  Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the addresses of the Trust and the Advisor for this purpose shall be 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 and that the address of the Sub-Advisor shall be 1101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 2300, Arlington, Virginia 22209.

 

b.                                       All instructions, approvals, and notices given under this Agreement by the Advisor shall be in writing signed by one or more of those persons designated as representatives of the Advisor whose names, titles, and specimen signatures appear in Exhibit C , as may be amended from time to time (the “ Authorized Persons ”).  The Advisor may revise the list of Authorized Persons from time to time by furnishing the Sub-Advisor a revised list, which has been certified by the Advisor.  The Sub-Advisor shall be authorized to rely, and shall incur no liability for relying, upon the instructions, approvals, and notices given by, and the documents signed by, any person the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is an Authorized Person.  The Sub-Advisor shall have no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.  Instructions given by an Authorized Person hereunder shall be effective only upon actual receipt by the Sub-Advisor and shall be acknowledged by the Sub-Advisor through its actions hereunder or by communications to the Advisor or an Authorized Person.

 

15.                                Miscellaneous.  Each party to this Agreement shall perform such further actions and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of this Agreement’s provisions or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section or Exhibit, such reference shall be to a Section or Exhibit of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15


 

16.                                Entire Agreement.  All Exhibits are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to this Agreement’s subject matter.

 

17.                                Customer Notification .  By executing this Agreement, the Advisor acknowledges that as required by the Advisers Act the Sub-Advisor has supplied to the Advisor and the Trust copies of the Sub-Advisor’s Form ADV Part 2A or equivalent disclosure document required by Rule 204-3 under the Advisers Act.  Otherwise, the Advisor’s rights under federal law allow termination of this contract without penalty within five business days after entering into this contract.  U.S. law also requires the Sub-Advisor to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account.  The Sub-Advisor will ask for the Trust’s legal name, principal place of business address, and Taxpayer Identification or other identification number, and may ask for other identifying information.

 

Each party’s duly authorized officer(s) have signed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

BY:

/s/ Tim Paulin

 

BY:

Terrie Wiedenheft

Name:

Tim Paulin

 

Name:

Terrie Wiedenheft

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

SANDS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

BY:

/s/ Robert Hancock

 

 

Name:

Robert Hancock

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

16


 

EXHIBIT A

 

( Advisory Agreement )

 

See attached Investment Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000 and Amended Schedule 1 dated April 23, 2014.

 

1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

( Brokerage Policies )

 

Trading

 

The Sub-Adviser’s trading practices and allocation procedures must be fair and equitable.  The Sub-Adviser must adopt and maintain a clear written policy for the fair and equitable allocation of transactions ( i.e. , pro-rata allocation, rotational allocation, or other means) that is disclosed on its Form ADV Part 2.  Trade errors incurred in the Fund are to be reported to the Fund CCO promptly and must also be reported in conjunction with the quarterly compliance certification.

 

Best Execution

 

When selecting brokers or dealers to transact securities purchases or sales, it is the Sub-Adviser’s primary responsibility to obtain the best execution for the Fund.  This responsibility does not obligate the Sub-Adviser to solicit competitive bids for each transaction.  The Sub-Adviser is under no obligation to seek the lowest available commission cost to the Fund, so long as the Sub-Adviser determines that the broker or dealer is able to obtain the best execution on a particular transaction, and that the commission cost is reasonable in relation to the total quality and reliability of the brokerage research services made available by the broker to the Sub-Adviser viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to its clients, including the Fund, as to which the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion, notwithstanding that the Sub-Adviser may not be the direct or exclusive beneficiary of the services, or that another broker may be willing to charge the Sub-Adviser a lower commission on the transaction.

 

Directed Brokerage

 

The Sub-Advisor is encouraged, but not obligated, to use the commission recapture program. Should the Sub-Adviser use the commission recapture program, then it must provide a listing of trades each quarter that participated in the commission recapture program in conjunction with the quarterly certification.  When using the program, the Sub-Adviser should seek best execution, and not pay-up, for each trade that is utilized for participation in the commission recapture program.

 

Soft Dollars

 

The Sub-Adviser may from time to time use soft dollars in the course of its business as it relates to the Fund.  In conjunction with the quarterly compliance certification, the Sub-Adviser must complete a soft dollar report reflecting the broker, commission amount, services provided, and year-to-date soft dollar commission amounts for all transactions applicable to the Fund.  The Sub-Adviser must demonstrate that the Fund’s soft-dollar payments were properly allocated to the Fund’s account.

 

1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

( Authorized Persons )

 

1

 

Exhibit 99.(1)

 

 

April 23, 2014

 

Touchstone Strategic Trust

303 Broadway, Suite 1100

Cincinnati, OH 45202

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Touchstone Strategic Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Trust”), in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 104 to the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-1A (the “Post-Effective Amendment”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), on or about the date hereof, registering the issuance of an indefinite number of Class Y and Institutional Class shares of beneficial interest, no par value, of Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Trust, which units are classified and designated as Class Y and Institutional Class shares (collectively, the “Shares”).

 

You have requested our opinion as to the matters set forth below in connection with the filing of the Post-Effective Amendment.  In connection with rendering this opinion, we have examined the Post-Effective Amendment, the Trust’s Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended (“Declaration of Trust”), the Trust’s By-Laws, as amended (“By-Laws”), the actions of the Trustees of the Trust related to the authorization and issuance of the Shares, and such other documents as we, in our professional opinion, have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below.  In examining the documents referred to above, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of documents purporting to be originals and the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.  As to questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied (without investigation or independent confirmation) upon the representations contained in the above-described documents and on certificates and other communications from public officials and officers and Trustees of the Trust.

 

Our opinion, as set forth herein, is based on the facts in existence and the laws in effect on the date hereof and is limited to the statutory laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as in effect on the date hereof, which, in our experience are normally directly

 

 


 

applicable to the issuance of units of beneficial interest by an entity such as the Trust.  We express no opinion with respect to any other laws or regulations.

 

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a “Massachusetts business trust” could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust or the Fund.  However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts and obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or officers of the Trust.  The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of the property of the Fund for all losses and expenses of any shareholder of the Fund held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund.  Thus, the risk of liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that (a) the Shares to be issued pursuant to the Post-Effective Amendment have been duly authorized for issuance by the Trust; and (b) when issued and paid for upon the terms provided in the Post-Effective Amendment, the Shares to be issued pursuant to the Post-Effective Amendment will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

This opinion is rendered solely for your use in connection with the filing of the Post-Effective Amendment.  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the SEC in connection with the Post-Effective Amendment.  In giving our consent we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.  Except as specifically authorized above in this paragraph, this opinion is not to be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be filed with any government agency or any other person (except when required to be filed as an exhibit to the Post-Effective Amendment), without, in each case, our prior written consent.  This opinion is given to you as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you of any change that may hereafter be brought to our attention.  The opinions expressed herein are matters of professional judgment and are not a guarantee of result.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ VEDDER PRICE P.C.

 

 

 

VEDDER PRICE P.C.

 

2